-
61 be
bi: гл.
1) иметь место как факт, существовать, случаться а) существовать как факт в объективной реальности быть;
быть живым, жить Tyrants and sycophants have been and are. ≈ Тираны и стукачи были и есть. So much that was not is beginning to be. ≈ Так много из того, чего раньше не было, входит в нашу жизнь. б) в выражении there + личная форма от to be иметься, наличествовать There are photographs and photographs. ≈ Бывают фотографии и фотографии. в) возникать, происходить, случаться, быть совершаемым Be it as it may. ≈ Как бы там ни было. When is the wedding to be? ≈ На когда намечена свадьба, когда будет свадьба? The flower-show was last week. ≈ На прошлой неделе была выставка цветов. г) иметь место( о совокупности условий), являться Being they are Church-men, we may rather suspect... ≈ Имея в виду, что они священники, можно подозревать... д) сохраняться в предыдущем состоянии, не меняться, продолжать быть, как раньше Let me be! ≈ Оставьте меня в покое( оставьте меня, как я есть) ! You have been rather long about it. ≈ Вы слишком много времени на это потратили (вы находились слишком долго в процессе производства этого дела)
2) с наречием или предложным оборотом, обозначающим какое-л. обстоятельство а) занимать какое-л. место, положение;
принимать какую-л. позу или позицию;
находиться в каком-л. состоянии You are just where you was. ≈ Вы все там же. Again the love-fit is on him. ≈ Он снова влюбился (он снова в состоянии любви) Your book is here, under the table. ≈ Да вот твоя книжка, под столом. б) отправляться куда-л., находиться где-л. с целью что-л. сделать;
с последующим инфинитивом I was this morning to buy silk for a nightcap. ≈ Мне этим утром было нужно сходить купить шелка на ночную шапочку. I had been to see Irving that night. ≈ Я в ту ночь был в гостях у Ирвинга. have been and gone and done в) находиться в таких-то обстоятельствах, в таком-то настроении или положении Proposals that have been under deliberation. ≈ Предложения, которые рассматривались. Content to be and to be well. ≈ Он доволен, что жив, и что у него все неплохо. г) принадлежать кому-л., относиться к чему-л Well is him that hath found prudence. ≈ Благо тому, кто стал благоразумен.
3) роль связки в составном сказуемом а) занимать место на определенной шкале, иметь один из набора некоторых признаков I am weary, weary, I would that I were dead. ≈ Я такая измученная, такая измученная, я бы лучше умерла. He was of Memphis. ≈ Он был из Мемфиса. Only by being man can we know man. ≈ Только будучи людьми мы можем познать человека. б) быть известным под таким-то именем, быть кем-л., обозначаемым как-л. Let thinking be reasoning. ≈ Будем считать, что мышление это разъяснение. State is me. ≈ Государство это я. в) означать, значить;
быть эквивалентным чему-л. To fall was to die. ≈ Упасть означало умереть. I'll tell you what it is, you must leave. ≈ Я тебе скажу, в чем дело - тебе уходить пора. г) иметь значение, быть значимым;
заботить, беспокоить Is it nothing to you, all ye that pass by? ≈ Что же, те, кто идет мимо, ничто для тебя?
4) с причастиями и инфинитивами;
служит вспомогательным глаголом и образует аналитические временные формы а) с причастием прошедшего времени;
для переходных глаголов образует пассив, для непереходных - времена перфектной серии The political aspect of the subject has not been approached. ≈ Политический аспект проблемы до сих пор не рассматривался. Therefore I am returned. ≈ И поэтому я вернулся. His parents were grown old. ≈ Его родители состарились. б) с причастием настоящего времени;
образует времена серии continious, в залоге как активном, так и пассивном He was talking of you. ≈ Он говорил о тебе. We stayed there while our house was building. ≈ Мы жили там, пока строился наш дом (редко в современном языке из-за двусмысленности). A man who is being strangled. ≈ Человек, которого душат (в данный момент, или в любой другой момент, подаваемый рассказчиком как протекающий "сейчас") в) с инфинитивом, как активным, так и пассивным, в значении "положено, надо" They are not to compare with these. ≈ Эти не подлежат сравнению с теми. Not a Good Samaritan being to be found. ≈ И нельзя было отыскать ни одного "доброго самаритянина". г) с инфнитивом, в сослагательном наклонении If I were to propose, would you accept? ≈ Если бы я сделал тебе предложение, ты бы согласилась?
5) в выражениях типа Monday was one week (где вместо Monday может стоять любое указание на фиксированный момент времени, а вместо one week - любое указание на временной промежуток) такое-то время назад( личная форма глагола может быть также опущена) Did there come no young woman here Friday was a fortnight? ≈ Вы уверены, что две недели назад в пятницу сюда не приезжала некая девушка? I was in London Monday three weeks. ≈ Я приехал в Лондон в понедельник три недели назад. ∙ be better be best - be at - be forбыть, существовать - I think, therefore I am я мыслю, следовательно, я существую - the greatest genius that ever was величайший гений, который когда-либо существовал - to be no more (возвышенно) скончаться, умереть;
прекратить существование - Troy is no more Трои больше не существует - to be, or not to be - that is the question (Shakespeare) быть или не быть, вот в чем вопрос быть, находиться;
присутствовать;
пребывать - he will be here all the year он будет (находиться) здесь весь год - is he often in town? часто ли он бывает в городе? - I was before you in the queue я стоял перед вами в очереди - the horse was below in the hold лошадь поместили в трюме - he was at the ceremony он присутствовал на церемонии - the key is in the lock ключ( находится) в замке - I'll be down in a minute я сейчас спущусь - output is considerably below last year's level выпуск продукции намного ниже прошлогоднего /значительно ниже прошлогоднего, значительно упал по сравнению с прошлогодним/ быть, оставаться - don't be long! не задерживайся!, приходи скорее! - what a time you have been! как ты долго! - he was a long time reaching the shore ему понадобилось много времени, чтобы достичь берега происходить, случаться, совершаться - it was yesterday это было /произошло, случилось, состоялось/ вчера - when is the wedding to be? когда должна состояться /будет/ свадьба? - the New Year is on Sunday this time в этот раз Новый год приходится /падает/ на воскресенье - how is that you were there? как получилось, что вы оказались там? равняться, составлять - twice two is four дважды два - четыре - let x be ten предположим, (что) x равняется десяти (разговорное) стоить - how much is it? сколько это стоит? - what are these shoes? сколько стоят эти ботинки? - this book is five shillings эта книга стоит пять шиллингов значить, стоить - it is nothing to me мне это ничего не стоит, для меня это ничего не составляет /не значит/ - what is all that to me? что мне все это? какое мне до этого дело? (возвышенно) сопутствовать( в восклицательных предложениях как пожелание) - success (be) to your efforts! желаю успеха в ваших начинаниях!, да сопутствует вам удача! - victory be yours! желаю (вам) победы! there is имеется, есть - there are many English books in our library в нашей библиотеке (имеется) много английских книг - there is plenty of time времени вполне достаточно, еще есть масса времени - there are no roads дорог нет - there will be dancing будут танцы - there was once an old man... жил-был однажды старик... to have been посещать, бывать - has he been to London? он бывал в Лондоне? - I've been there! я там был!;
(разговорное) это мне известно! to have been (разговорное) заходить, быть - has anyone been? кто-нибудь заходил?, был кто-нибудь? - has the post been? была ли почта? to be at smth. (разговорное) намереваться сделать или сказать что-л. - I don't understand what exactly he is at я не понимаю, что именно он хочет сказать - what would you be at? каковы ваши намерения? to be at smth. (разговорное) нападать, набрасываться на что-л. - the mice are at the cheese again мыши опять добрались до сыра to be at smth.(разг) брать без спроса - he's been at my shaving things again он опять брал (без спроса) мои бритвенные принадлежности to be at smb. (разговорное) приставать к кому-л. - she's always at me она всегда меня пилит to be above smth. /doing smth./ быть выше чего-л., не опускаться до чего-л. - to be above suspicion быть выше /вне/ подозрений - to be above criticism быть выше всякой критики, быть безупречным - he is above reproach его не за что упрекнуть - he is above such matters он такими делами не занимается, он до такого( дела) не унизится - he is above taking bribes брать взятки - ниже его достоинства to be beneath smth., smb. быть ниже чего-л., кого-л. - to be beneath contempt не заслуживать (даже) презрения - it is beneath you /your dignity/ это ниже вашего достоинства to be beyond smth., smb. быть за пределами чего-л., возможностей кого-л. - his behaviour is beyond my endurance я не могу больше терпеть его поведение - he is not beyond redemption он еще может исправиться - this is beyond a joke это уже не шутка - it was beyond expectation такого нельзя было ожидать, на такое нельзя было надеяться - I am beyond caring мне уже все равно - what you say is beyond me мне совершенно непонятно то, что ты говоришь to be abreast of smth. быть в курсе чего-л. - he is abreast of developments in his field он в курсе последних достижений в своей области to be after smth. преследовать, пытаться поймать кого-л. - the police were after him полиция преследовала его to be after smth. покушаться на что-л., стремиться завладеть чем-л. - he's after my job он метит на мое место - he's after her money он охотится за ее деньгами to be about to do smth. собираться, намереваться сделать что-л. - he was about to send for you он собирался послать за вами - she was about to speak, but changed her mind она хотела было заговорить, но передумала to be against smth. противоречить чему-л., идти вразрез с чем-л. - lying is against my principles не в моих правилах врать to be for smth. стоять или быть за - who is for going home? кто за то, чтобы идти домой? to be for some place отправляться, ехать куда-л. - are you for Bristol? вы едете в Бристоль? to be on smb. (разговорное) быть оплаченным кем-л. - put your money away, it's on me убери деньги, я угощаю - the drinks are on the house хозяин( бара, ресторана и т. п.) угощает - the tickets are on me я плачу за билеты to be on smb. внезапно наступить, подоспеть( о праздниках, выборах и т. п.) - the wet season was on us неожиданно на нас обрушился сезон дождей - Christmas was on us наступило рождество to be on smth. входить в состав, быть членом (комиссии и т. п.) - he is on the board он входит в состав правления to be on smb., smth. быть поставленным на кого-л., что-л. - my money is on this horse я поставил на эту лошадь to be up to smth. замышлять, затевать что-л. - the boys are up to smth. мальчики что-то затевают - he is up to no good он затевает что-то скверное, от него хорошего не жди to be up to smth. быть осведомленным о чем-л. - the police must be up to all the dodges полиции должно быть известно обо всех уловках not to be up to (doing) smth. не быть в состоянии сделать что-л., не справиться с чем-л. - I am not up to going to the theatre tonight я не в состоянии пойти сегодня вечером в театр - he is not up to his job он не справляется со своей работой - he is not up to his father as a scholar как ученый он значительно уступает (своему) отцу to be up to smb. быть возложенным на кого-л. (об ответственности) ;
зависеть от кого-л. - it is up to him to decide от него зависит решение, он должен решить - it is up to you to choose вы выбираете /решаете/ - whether you learn or not is entirely up to you учиться или нет - твое дело to be up against smth., smb. столкнуться с чем-л., кем-л.;
встретить отпор - he's up against some real opposition он будет иметь дело с сильной оппозицией - he's up against it( разговорное) он столкнулся с большими трудностями to be up for smth. возникать, рассматриваться( о вопросе и т. п.) - to be up for review пересматриваться - to be up for debate обсуждаться, быть поставленным на обсуждение to be up for smth. рассматривать в суде, судить - he was up in court for this его за это судили to be up for smth. предназначаться к продаже - to be up for auction продаваться на аукционе /с молотка/ to be up for smth. быть выдвинутым кандидатом, быть претендентом - he's up for admission to the society at the next meeting его будут принимать в кружок на следующем собрании to be with smb. поддерживать кого-л. - we're with you all the way мы пойдем с тобой до конца - she is at one with her husband она заодно со (своим) мужем to be with smb. понимать, следить за тем, что говорят - are you still with me - or shall I go over it again? ты следишь за ходом моей мысли или мне повторить еще раз? to be with smb., smth. работать у кого-л., где-л. (по найму) - I'm with a shipping firm я работаю в транспортной фирме как глагол-связка: быть - he is a teacher он учитель - are they English? они англичане? - ten yards is a lot десять ярдов - это очень много - his is a fine house его дом чудесный, у него прекрасный дом - our task is to finish the work in time наша задача - вовремя кончить работу - she has been a mother to me она мне была вместо матери - she is twenty ей двадцать лет - today is the tenth сегодня десятое (число) - tomorrow is Friday завтра пятница - the wall is six foot high стена имеет шесть футов в высоту - what is it? что это?;
в чем дело? - to see things as they are видеть вещи такими, какие они есть - if I were you... если бы я был на вашем месте... - seeing is believing увидеть - (это) значит убедиться /поверить/ находиться в (каком-л.) состоянии;
чувствовать, ощущать( что-л.) - I am cold мне холодно - he is asleep он спит - he is glad он рад - he is absent он отсутствует - he is in trouble он попал в беду, у него неприятности - he is at work он работает - isn't he lucky? везет же ему! с последующим инфинитивом выражает долженствование, обусловленное договоренностью, планом - he is to come at six он должен прийти в шесть (часов) - he was to come at six он должен был прийти в шесть - he was to have come at six он должен был прийти в шесть (но не пришел) - when am I to come? когда мне приходить?, когда мне нужно прийти? - the house is to let дом сдается в аренду - he was never to see her again ему больше никогда не суждено было ее увидеть - it was not to be этому не суждено было сбыться /осуществиться/ - they are not to be trusted им нельзя доверять - such men are to be pitied rather than despised таких людей надо не презирать, а жалеть с последующим инфинитивом выражает возможность - he was nowhere to be found его нигде нельзя было найти /отыскать/ - not a cloud was to be seen не видно было ни облачка - how am I to get through all this work today? как я смогу справиться со всей этой работой сегодня? с последующим инфинитивом выражает намерение, желание( в условных предложениях) - if we are to come in time, we must start at once если мы хотим прийти вовремя6 нам надо сразу отправляться (устаревшее) в сочетании с p.p. глаголов to come, to fall, to sit, to run, to get и др. - winter was come зима наступила - the sun was risen солнце встало в сочетании с pres.p. служит для образования длительной формы - he was talking to his son at the time в тот момент он беседовал с сыном - he is working он (сейчас) работает - this question is being discussed этот вопрос сейчас обсуждается в сочетании с p.p. переходных и ряда непереходных глаголов служит для образования пассивной формы - this was made by my son это было сделано моим сыном - they will be punished они будут наказаны, из накажут - such questions are settled by the committee такие вопросы решаются комитетом - he was asked to come его попросили прийти - this book was much spoken of об этой книге много говорили > to be above one /one's head/ (разговорное) быть выше чьего-л. понимания > to be at it шалить, проказничать > the children are at it again дети опять принялись за свое > to be hard at it /at work/ (разговорное) быть очень занятым;
напряженно работать > they were hard at it /at work/ the whole night они работали изо всех сил всю ночь напролет > to be at one with smb. быть с кем-л. заодно > to be beside oneself with grief потерять голову от горя > to be beside oneself with rage выйти из себя, разгневаться > to be beside the point не иметь отношения (к данному вопросу, делу и т. п.) > for the time being пока > the manager for the time being временно исполняющий обязанности заведующего > somebody will be in for кому-то попадет /влетит, нагорит/ > far be it from me to do this я вовсе не собираюсь /я далек от того, чтобы/ делать это > be (that) as it may как бы то ни было;
пусть будет что будет > let it be! оставь это в покое!, пусть все остается как есть! > so be it да будет так, пусть так и будет > how are you? как вы поживаете?;
как вы себя чувствуете? > you never know where you are with him никогда не знаешь, что он может сделать /как он поступит, как себя с ним вести, чего от него ждать/ - be yourself!, be your age! не глупи!, не валяй дурака! - you've been and gone and done it! (сленг) ну и наделали вы дел!, ну и натворили же вы! - I'll be! (американизм) (сленг) вот те на!, господи боже мой!, ну и ну! (восклицание, выражающее удивление)~ происходить, случаться;
admission exams are once a year in autumn приемные испытания проводятся один раз в год осенью~ находиться;
бывать;
where are my books? где мои книги?;
are you often in town? часто ли вы бываете в городе?;
I have never been to the Caucasus я никогда не был на Кавказе~ about быть занятым( чем-л.) ~ about быть на ногах, встать ~ about собираться (c inf.) ;
he is about to go он собирается уходить~ at намереваться;
what would you be at? каковы ваши намерения?~ at law соблюдать закон law: ~ суд, судебный процесс;
to be at law( with smb.) быть в тяжбе (с кем-л.) ;
to go to law подать в суд;
начать судебный процесс~ away = be off ~ away отсутствовать~ back вернуться~ for отправляться в ~ for стоять (за кого-л., что-л.)to ~ going собираться (с inf. часто придает значение будущего времени) ;
the clock is going to strike часы сейчас будут бить~ in быть дома to ~ in (smb.) быть свойственным, характерным (для кого-л.) ;
it is not in him to do such a thing это не в его натуре, на него это непохоже ~ in поспеть( о фруктах) ~ in прийти, прибыть( о поезде, пароходе и т. п.) ;
наступить (о времени года) ~ in прийти к власти( о политической партии) ;
the labour candidate is in кандидат лейбористской партии прошел на выборах ~ in (on smth.) участвовать( в чем-л.)to ~ of (a group, class, etc.) быть одним из (группы, класса и т. п.) ;
they knew he was not of them они распознали в нем чужого~ away = be off ~ off уходить;
the train is off поезд ушел off: ~ указывает на удаление, отделение: I must be off я должен уходить;
off you go!, be off!, get off!, off with you! убирайтесь!;
уходите!~ on идти (о спектакле) ;
what is on at the Bolshoi Theatre today? что идет в Большом театре сегодня? ~ on происходить on: to be ~ (to smb.) напасть на след( кого-л.) to be ~ (to smb.) придираться к комулибо to be ~ (to smb.) раскусить( кого-л.) to be ~ (to smb.) связаться( с кем-л.) (по телефону и т. п.)to ~ oneself быть самим собой to ~ oneself прийтив себя~ out не быть дома, в комнате out: to be ~ быть без сознания, потерять сознание;
out and about поправившийся после болезни she is ~ for compliments она напрашивается на комплименты;
to be out( with smb.) быть (с кем-л.) в ссоре, не в ладах~ up встать, подняться ~ up закончиться ~ up (to smth.) замышлять (что-л.) ;
how are you? здравствуйте!, как вы поживаете? ~ up повыситься в цене ~ up произойтиto ~ going собираться (с inf. часто придает значение будущего времени) ;
the clock is going to strike часы сейчас будут бить~ в составном именном сказуемом является глаголом-связкой: he is a teacher он учитель;
I am cold мне холодно~ about собираться (c inf.) ;
he is about to go он собирается уходить~ как модальный глагол с последующим инфинитивом означает долженствование, возможность, намерение: I am to inform you я должен вас известить;
he is to be there now он должен быть там сейчас~ up (to smth.) замышлять (что-л.) ;
how are you? здравствуйте!, как вы поживаете? how: ~ are you? как поживаете?;
how about..? как насчет..?;
how about going for a walk? не пойти ли нам погулять?~ стоить;
how mush is it? сколько это стоит?~ в составном именном сказуемом является глаголом-связкой: he is a teacher он учитель;
I am cold мне холодно cold: ~ холодный;
to be (или to feel) cold зябнуть, мерзнуть;
I am cold мне холодно~ как вспомогательный глагол служит для образования длительной формы: I am reading я читаю~ как модальный глагол с последующим инфинитивом означает долженствование, возможность, намерение: I am to inform you я должен вас известить;
he is to be there now он должен быть там сейчас~ находиться;
бывать;
where are my books? где мои книги?;
are you often in town? часто ли вы бываете в городе?;
I have never been to the Caucasus я никогда не был на КавказеI've been there разг. все это уже известно;
you've been (and gone) and done it разг. = ну и наделали вы делto ~ in (smb.) быть свойственным, характерным (для кого-л.) ;
it is not in him to do such a thing это не в его натуре, на него это непохоже~ in прийти к власти( о политической партии) ;
the labour candidate is in кандидат лейбористской партии прошел на выборахto let ~ оставлять в покое~ как вспомогательный глагол служит для образования пассива: such questions are settled by the committee подобные вопросы разрешаются комитетомto ~ of (a group, class, etc.) быть одним из (группы, класса и т. п.) ;
they knew he was not of them они распознали в нем чужого~ off уходить;
the train is off поезд ушел train: the ~ is off поезд уже отошел;
to make the train поспеть на поезд~ on идти (о спектакле) ;
what is on at the Bolshoi Theatre today? что идет в Большом театре сегодня?~ at намереваться;
what would you be at? каковы ваши намерения?~ находиться;
бывать;
where are my books? где мои книги?;
are you often in town? часто ли вы бываете в городе?;
I have never been to the Caucasus я никогда не был на КавказеI've been there разг. все это уже известно;
you've been (and gone) and done it разг. = ну и наделали вы дел -
62 make
1. [meık] n1. 1) форма, конструкция; модель, фасон2) марка, тип, сортwhat make is this? - это что за модель /марка, система/?
2. производство, работа; изготовлениеis this your own make? - это вы сами производите?; это ваше изделие?; это вашего собственного изготовления?
3. изготовленное или добытое количество; продукция; выработка4. конституция, сложениеa man with the make and muscles of a prize-fighter - человек со сложением и мускулатурой борца
5. склад ( характера)a man of this [another] make - человек такого [иного] склада /рода/
6. эл. замыкание цепиat make - включённый, замкнутый
7. карт. объявление ( козыря и игры)8. карт. тасование9. воен. жарг. повышение в чине; новое назначение♢
on the make - а) стремящийся к наживе; делающий карьеру; б) ищущий любовных приключений2. [meık] v (made)make and mend hour - мор. а) уст. время, отведённое на пошивку и починку обмундирования; б) свободное от нарядов время
I1. делать; изготовлять, производитьto make tables [bricks, wine, machines] - делать столы [кирпичи, вино, машины]
what is it made of? - из чего это сделано?
made in the USA - изготовлено /сделано/ в США
this Publishing House makes good books - это издательство выпускает /издаёт, делает/ хорошие книги; это издательство хорошо выпускает /издаёт/ книги [ср. тж. 3]
to make a meal [dinner] - готовить /приготовить/ еду [обед] [ср. тж. II А 16]
to make tea - приготовить /заварить или вскипятить/ чай
I don't know how to make this dish - я не знаю, как готовить /делать/ это блюдо
to make a coat - сшить /сделать/ пальто
a suit made to order - костюм, сшитый на заказ
I'll make a bed for you on the sofa - я вам постелю на диване [ср. тж. II А 5]
to make a nest - вить /свивать/ гнездо
to make hay - сушить, ворошить или заготовлять сено [см. тж. ♢ ]
don't stand there as if you were made of stone - не стой как истукан, не стой точно каменный
2. составлять, делать, подготавливатьto make a note - сделать заметку, записать (что-л.)
to make notes - вести /делать/ записи, записывать, конспектировать
to make a note of smth. - отметить что-л.; сделать заметку относительно /по поводу/ чего-л.
to make a report - подготовить доклад /отчёт/ [ср. тж. II А 6, 1)]
to make one's will - составить /написать/ завещание
to make a law - создавать /устанавливать, вводить/ закон
to make a plan - придумать /разработать/ план
let's not make premature plans - не будем строить планы заранее; не будем (заранее) загадывать
3. создавать, творитьto make a poem [a symphony] - сочинить /написать/ поэму или стихотворение [симфонию]
this author makes good books - этот писатель пишет /сочиняет/ хорошие книги [ср. тж. 1]
he made a sketch - он сделал рисунок /набросок/
4. совершать, делатьto make a mistake /a blunder/ - совершить ошибку
5. 1) образовывать; формироватьto make smb.'s character - формировать чей-л. характер
I made him what he is - я сделал его таким, какой он есть
2) редк. тренировать, учить ( животных)6. считать, полагатьwhat do you make of it? - что вы об этом думаете?
what do you make of this film? - как вы находите этот фильм?, что вы думаете об этом фильме?
what do you make of him? - какое у вас мнение о нём?
what distance do you make it from here to the village? - как вы считаете, сколько отсюда до деревни?
I make it five miles - по-моему, пять миль
how large do you make this crowd? - сколько, по-вашему, здесь народу?, как вы думаете, сколько здесь народу?
what time do you make it? - сколько, по-вашему, сейчас времени?; сколько на ваших часах?
I make it half past four - по-моему, половина пятого; на моих (часах) половина пятого
what do you make this bird to be? - что это, по-вашему, за птица?
7. сл. украсть8. сл. сожительствоватьto make with smb. - сожительствовать с кем-л.
II А1. зарабатывать, наживать (деньги, состояние)to make money - зарабатывать деньги, наживать деньги
to make money on the side - зарабатывать халтурой /левой работой/, работать налево
how much (money) do you make a week? - сколько (денег) вы зарабатываете /получаете/ в неделю?
I make a good salary - я получаю хорошую зарплату, мне много /хорошо/ платят
I made very little (money) on this - я на этом заработал /нажил/ очень мало (денег)
to make a good thing of smth. - хорошо заработать /нажиться, нагреть руки/ на чём-л.
he makes a £1000 a year (out) of his lands - он получает со своих имений 1000 фунтов в год
to make a /one's/ living - зарабатывать на жизнь
to make a /one's/ living with one's pen - зарабатывать на жизнь пером /литературным трудом/
to make a living (by) teaching music - зарабатывать на жизнь уроками музыки
to make one's bread - зарабатывать на существование /на хлеб/
2. приобретать (друзей, врагов)to make friends - завести /приобрести/ друзей; подружиться
to make an ally of smb. - сделать кого-л. своим союзником; завоевать кого-л. на свою сторону
3. 1) заключать (соглашение, сделки)to make an agreement - прийти к соглашению, договориться
to make a bargain - заключить сделку, договориться
2) назначать ( свидание)to make an appointment - а) условиться о встрече; б) записаться на приём
3) договориться, условиться (о времени, месте и т. п.)when shall I see you, Monday or Tuesday? - Make it Tuesday - когда я вас увижу, в понедельник или во вторник? - Договоримся на вторник
I shall make it for three o'clock - я условлюсь /договорюсь/ на 3 часа
4. назначать ( на должность); производить ( в чин)to make smb. a judge - назначить кого-л. судьёй
to make smb. a general - произвести кого-л. в генералы
he was made commander-in-chief - его сделали /назначили/ главнокомандующим
to make smb. a knight - посвящать кого-л. в рыцари
to make a bed - застилать /заправлять/ постель; убирать кровать [ср. тж. I 1]
I want to make order in /among/ my books - я хочу привести в порядок свои книги
6. 1) выступать ( с докладом)to make a noise - шуметь, поднимать шум
7. 1) устраивать ( скандал)to make a row - разг. а) скандалить, затеять драку или ссору; б) бурно протестовать
to make a scene - устроить /закатить/ сцену
to make a fuss - а) устраивать переполох /шум/; б) волноваться, суетиться
to make a fuss of smb. - носиться с кем-л.
to make a commotion - устроить шум /переполох/
to make a splash /a stir/ - разг. производить /вызывать/ сенсацию; поднимать шум /шумиху/; вызывать /возбуждать/ всеобщий интерес
this film made a stir - этот фильм возбудил большой интерес /произвёл сенсацию/
he made the front page - (он вызвал такой интерес, что) о нём стали писать газеты /его имя попало на первые полосы/
to make (much) ado - уст. поднять (большой) шум
8. делать ( снимок); фотографироватьI want to make a few pictures of this building - я хочу сделать несколько снимков этого здания
9. совершать ( поездки)to make a tour [a trip, a journey] - совершить турне [поездку, путешествие]
10. проходить, проезжать (какое-л. расстояние)this car makes 120 kilometres an hour - скорость этой машины 120 километров в час; эта машина делает /даёт/ 120 километров в час
11. 1) достигать (какого-л. места); прийти, войти (в гавань и т. п.)to make the land см. land I 1
the ship will never make port in such a storm - корабль не сможет войти в порт в такую бурю
2) (for) направляться, следовать (куда-л.); двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)he made for the door - а) он направился к двери; б) он кинулся /бросился/ к двери
3) набрасываться, нападать (на кого-л.)12. спорт.1) достичь ( цели)to make the finish - добраться до финиша, финишировать
2) забить (мяч и т. п.)13. преодолевать ( препятствие)to make a hurdle - взять препятствие /барьер/
to make a /the/ riffle - амер. а) успешно преодолеть пороги ( реки); б) преодолеть трудности, преуспеть
14. карт.1) брать ( взятку); бить2) объявлять ( козырь или игру)whose turn is it to make? - чья очередь сдавать?
15. мор. указывать ( время); бить склянки16. есть (завтрак, обед, ужин)to make a good [substantial, light, hasty, late] breakfast [dinner, supper] - хорошо [плотно, легко, наспех, поздно] позавтракать [пообедать, поужинать] [ср. тж. I 1]
to make a meal on /of/ smth. - съесть что-л.
he made a meal on /of/ nuts - он поел орехов, его еда состояла из орехов
17. подниматься ( о воде)the water is making fast - вода быстро прибывает; уровень воды быстро поднимается
II Б1. to make smb. do smth. заставлять, вынуждать, побуждать кого-л. делать что-л.to make smb. cry [laugh] - заставить кого-л. плакать [смеяться]
I can't make you come if you refuse - я не могу заставить вас прийти, если вы отказываетесь
I can make him believe anything I choose - я могу убедить его в чём угодно
to make smb. understand - а) заставить кого-л. понять; б) дать кому-л. понять
2. to make smb., smth. understood [known, etc.] заставить понять [узнать и т. п.]to make oneself understood - а) заставить (кого-л.) себя понять; б) выражаться ясно; в) объясняться ( на иностранном языке)
to make his wishes understood - сделать понятными его желания; дать понять, чего он хочет
to make oneself known - а) сделать так, чтобы тебя узнали, заставить о себе говорить; б) заявить, известить о себе; представиться
to make smth. known - сообщить о чём-л.; обнародовать что-л.
3. to make smth. do smth. вызывать что-л., являться причиной чего-л.what makes the grass grow so quickly? - отчего трава растёт так быстро?
the sight of food made my mouth water - при виде еды у меня слюнки потекли
4. to have smth. made выражает действие, совершённое по инициативе или побуждению какого-л. лица:I must have a new dress made for this party - мне нужно сшить новое платье для этого вечера
5. to make smb., smth. + прилагательное превращать, приводить в какое-л. состояние; делать каким-л.to make smb. angry /mad/ - рассердить кого-л.
to make smb. happy - делать кого-л. счастливым, осчастливить кого-л.
to make smb. sad - заставить кого-л. загрустить, расстроить кого-л., нагнать на кого-л. тоску
to make smb. rich - обогатить кого-л.; сделать кого-л. богатым
to make smb. sick - а) вызывать тошноту у кого-л.; the food made me sick - от этой еды мне стало плохо; б) разг. утомлять, раздражать кого-л., надоедать кому-л.
to make smb. drunk - а) напоить кого-л.; б) опьянить кого-л.
to make smth. available - предоставлять /делать доступным/ что-л.
to make the book available - предоставить книгу (в чьё-л. распоряжение)
this knowledge was not made available to us - эти сведения были нам недоступны
to make oneself comfortable - удобно устроиться, устроиться уютно
to make oneself clear - ясно /понятно/ изложить своё мнение
6. to make smth. of smth. превращать что-л. во что-л.to make a practice of smth., to make a rule of it - взять за правило, постоянно делать что-л.
to make a regular thing of smth. - регулярно заниматься чем-л.
I make a regular thing of reading the papers - чтение газет вошло у меня в привычку
the author has made a speciality of long-winded descriptions - этот автор специализируется на многословных описаниях
to make a show of smth. - слишком подчёркивать /выставлять напоказ/ что-л.
to make a parade of smth. - выставлять напоказ что-л.; щеголять чем-л.
to make a religion of smth. - считать что-л. своей священной обязанностью; целиком отдаваться чему-л.; делать культ из чего-л.
to make a hash /a mess, a muddle/ of smth. - напутать в чём-л., перепутать что-л.; вносить путаницу во что-л.; устраивать беспорядок в чём-л.
to make a hell of smb.'s life - превратить чью-л. жизнь в ад
7. 1) to make smth. of smb. представлять, изображать кого-л. в каком-л. видеto make a laughing-stock of smb. - сделать из кого-л. посмешище, выставить кого-л. в смешном виде
he is not as bad as you make him - он не так плох, как вы его изображаете
he is not the fool you make him - он совсем не такой дурак, каким вы его выставляете
I'll make a tennis player (out) of him yet - я ещё сделаю из него теннисиста
3) to make smth. of oneself строить, делать из себя что-л., вести себя как...to make a pig of oneself - а) вести себя как свинья; б) объедаться
to make a beast of oneself - вести себя по-скотски /по-свински/
to make an exhibition /a spectacle, a sight/ of oneself - привлекать к себе внимание; выставлять себя на посмешище
to make a nuisance of oneself - надоедать, досаждать, докучать (кому-л.)
to make an ass /a fool/ of oneself - вести себя как осёл /дурак/; (с)валять дурака; поставить себя в смешное /глупое, дурацкое/ положение
8. to make smth. over to smb. передавать, уступать что-л. кому-л.to make one's profit over to smb. - передать свой доход кому-л.
he made over most of his property to his son - он переписал большую часть своего имущества на имя сына
9. to make to do smth. пытаться, порываться что-л. сделатьhe made to reply when I stopped him - он начал было отвечать, когда я остановил его
she made to grab the bag - она рванулась, чтобы схватить сумку
10. to make as though /as if/ to do smth. притворяться, будто собираешься что-л. сделатьhe made as though to leave the room - он сделал вид, будто собирается выйти из комнаты
he made as if he would escape - он сделал вид, как будто /что/ хочет убежать
11. to make smb. free of smth. разрешить кому-л. пользоваться чем-л., предоставить что-л. в чьё-л. распоряжениеto make smb. free of one's library - предоставить свою библиотеку в чьё-л. распоряжение
to make smb. free of one's house - радушно принять кого-л.; предоставить свой дом в чьё-л. распоряжение
12. to make after smb., smth. следовать за чем-л.; преследовать кого-л.in the morning we made after them - утром мы пустились /поехали/ за ними вслед
III А1) составлять, равнятьсяtwenty shillings make a pound - двадцать шиллингов составляют фунт; в фунте двадцать шиллингов
2) быть, являтьсяto make one of - быть одним из; быть участником; быть в числе
will you make one of the party? - не составишь ли ты нам компанию?
this colour makes a perfect camouflage - этот цвет служит отличной маскировкой
cold tea makes an excellent drink in summer - холодный чай - прекрасный напиток летом
that makes a good answer - это хороший ответ; это вы удачно ответили
this book makes good /interesting/ reading - это интересная книга; эта книга легко читается
3) оказываться, становитьсяshe could make a good mother for them - она могла бы стать им хорошей матерью
he will make a good musician [sprinter] - из него выйдет хороший музыкант [спринтер]
4) образовывать, составлять2. в сочетании с последующим существительным выражает действие, соответствующее значению существительного:to make a move - а) сделать движение; б) двинуться; в) сделать ход
to make a start - а) начинать; to make a good start - положить хорошее начало; б) отправиться
to make a stop - останавливаться, сделать остановку
to make inquiries - справиться, наводить справки
to make a call - а) посетить, нанести (непродолжительный) визит; I had to make a few calls that's why I was late - я должен был зайти в несколько мест, поэтому я опоздал; б) позвонить (по телефону)
to make use of smth., smb. - использовать что-л., кого-л.
in his book he has made extensive use of quotations - в его книге много цитат
3. в сочетании с последующим прилагательным выражает действие, соответствующее значению прилагательного:to make fast - закрепить; привязать
to make public - а) обнародовать, сделать общеизвестным; б) сделать общественным, общим, общедоступным
to make good - а) добиться успеха, достичь цели; he has talent and he'll make good - он талантлив и добьётся успеха; б) компенсировать, восполнять; we'll make good your losses - мы возместим вам ваши убытки; в) выполнять ( обещанное)
I promised you a present, I'll make good next time - я обещал тебе подарок, в следующий раз я не забуду
♢
make sure that the doors are locked - проверь, заперты ли двери
to make for smth. - способствовать, содействовать чему-л.
international talks make for better understanding between countries - благодаря международным переговорам достигается взаимопонимание между странами
an interesting plot makes for good reading /readability/ - если сюжет увлекательный, то книга хорошо читается
it is very funny and makes for compulsive reading - это так смешно, что от книги нельзя оторваться
in this field education makes for success - в этой области образование - гарантия успеха
to make do - обходиться тем, что имеется; справляться
I had no dictionary when reading this book but I made do - когда я читала эту книгу, у меня не было словаря, но я как-то справилась
can you make do without electricity for another week? - вы можете обойтись ещё одну неделю без электричества?
to make smb.'s acquaintance, to make the acquaintance of smb. - познакомиться с кем-л.
to make oneself at home - быть как дома; хозяйничать
to make long hours - очень много /усиленно/ работать
to make up one's mind - решить, принять решение; решиться
I made up my mind to finish the work that day - я решил закончить работу в тот же день
to make no sign - и виду не показывать; не протестовать
to make a face /faces/ (at smb.) - гримасничать, строить гримасы, корчить /строить/ рожи (кому-л.)
to make a wry face - сделать недовольную гримасу /кислую физиономию/
to make a long face - иметь недовольный /кислый, разочарованный, огорчённый/ вид
to make eyes at smb. - делать /строить/ глазки кому-л.
to make sheep's eyes at smb. - смотреть влюблёнными глазами /бросать влюблённые взгляды/ на кого-л.
to make a long nose /школ. жарг. a snook/ at smb. - показать «нос» кому-л.
to make a long arm for smth. - протянуть руку /потянуться/ за чем-л.
to make a figure - а) выглядеть смешным, играть смешную роль; б) играть важную /видную/ роль; выделяться; занимать видное положение; вызывать уважение или восхищение (тж. to make a conspicuous figure)
to make a little [poor, ridiculous] figure - играть незначительную [жалкую, смешную] роль
to make little /light/ of smth. - относиться несерьёзно /пренебрежительно/ к чему-л., не принимать что-л. всерьёз, не обращать внимания на что-л.; смотреть на что-л. сквозь пальцы
to make little account of smth. - не придавать значения чему-л., считать что-л. неважным /несущественным/
to make much of smth., of smb. - высоко ценить что-л., кого-л.; быть высокого мнения о чём-л., о ком-л.; уделять большое внимание чему-л., кому-л.
he makes too much of his daughter - он слишком балует свою дочь /носится со своей дочерью/
the author makes much of his childhood - автор придаёт большое значение своему детству
he has not made much of his opportunities - он мало использовал свои возможности
I can make nothing of this letter - а) я не могу воспользоваться этим письмом; б) я совершенно не понимаю, что написано в этом письме
I cannot make head or tail of his letter - я не могу ничего понять в его письме
to make the most of smth., smb. - а) использовать что-л., кого-л. наилучшим образом /максимально/
you only have a week, so make the most of it - у вас всего неделя, так что проведите её с максимальной пользой; б) расхваливать, преувеличивать достоинства чего-л., кого-л.; превозносить до небес что-л., кого-л.
to make the best of smth., smb. - а) использовать что-л., кого-л. наилучшим образом /максимально/; б) мириться с чем-л., с кем-л.
to make the best of a bad bargain /job/ - мужественно переносить несчастья /затруднения/; не падать духом в беде; делать хорошую мину при плохой игре
to make the best of both worlds - ирон. ≅ на земле погулять и в рай попасть; всюду поспеть
to make the worst of smth. [of it] - изображать что-л. [это] в самом худшем виде; пессимистически смотреть на что-л.
to make it worse - в довершение всего, к тому же, в придачу (к чему-л. плохому)
to make hay - нажиться; ≅ нагреть руки [см. тж. I 1]
to make a hand - преуспеть (в чём-л.); добиться успеха
to make no hand of smth. - сделать что-л. скверно; провалиться
to make one's jack - сл. добиться успеха
to make one's pile - нажить /сколотить/ состояние
to make a raise - амер. получить, раздобыть (деньги или какую-л. ценную вещь); получить взаймы
to make a strike - амер. напасть на золотую жилу
to make the grade - а) взять подъём; б) амер. преуспеть (в чём-л.); добиться своего; быть на должной высоте
to make one's mark - а) отличиться, добиться успеха; б) амер. успеть, поспеть
to make time - прийти вовремя /по расписанию/
to make it - а) добиться своей цели; I knew that he would make it - я знал, что он добьётся своего; he'll make it through college - он закончит колледж; б) успеть, поспеть
do you think he will make it? - как ты думаешь, он успеет?; to make it to the train - успеть /не опоздать/ к поезду; в) сл. сожительствовать
to make good time - а) спорт. показать хорошее время; б) быстро пройти или проехать (какое-л.) расстояние
to make rings round - а) спорт. жарг. значительно /намного/ опередить, обогнать; б) обойти, объегорить; заткнуть за пояс
to make the running - а) добиться хороших результатов ( о жокее или скаковой лошади); б) добиться успеха, преуспеть; в) начать (что-л.), подготовляя почву для дальнейших участников
to make good work of /with/ smth. - хорошо сделать что-л. /справиться с чем-л./; быть на высоте положения
to make a good [bad] job of it см. job1 I ♢
to make a go of it - амер. добиться успеха, преуспеть
to make short work of smth. - быстро справиться /разделаться/ с чем-л.
to make sure work with smth. - прочно завладеть чем-л.; обеспечить свой контроль над чем-л.
to make (a) shift - а) перебиваться, обходиться; б) довольствоваться; примириться
to make a good [poor] fist at /of/ smth. - а) сделать удачную [неудачную] попытку; хорошо [плохо] справиться с чем-л.; б) уметь [не уметь] делать что-л.
to make a break - а) нарушить ход /ритм/; перебить; сделать неуместное замечание; сделать ложный шаг; б) удрать от полиции
to make a get-away - а) бежать (из тюрьмы, от полиции); удрать, улизнуть, спастись бегством; б) воен. оторваться от противника
to make a clean sweep - совершенно отделаться, избавиться; ≅ под метёлку вымести, вычистить
to make oneself scarce - исчезнуть, сгинуть, испариться
to make a run of it - убежать, удрать
to make tracks - а) ≅ дать тягу, навострить лыжи, улизнуть; б) идти или нестись дальше
to make head against smth. - а) успешно сопротивляться /противиться/ чему-л.; бороться /восставать/ против чего-л.; б) продвигаться вперёд, несмотря на противодействие
to make a footing - а) обрести точку опоры, закрепиться на небольшом пространстве; б) добиться положения в обществе
to make a lodgement - а) воен. захватывать плацдарм; закрепиться /обосноваться/ на захваченной позиции; засесть; б) прочно утвердиться
to make an example of smb. - наказать кого-л. в назидание другим
to make a cat's paw of smb. - сделать кого-л. своим орудием
to make an honest woman of smb. - а) жениться на женщине с прошлым, прикрыть грех; б) узаконить браком связь с женщиной
to make a clean breast of smth. - чистосердечно признаться в чём-л., всё выложить
to make a rod for oneself /for one's own back/ - наказать /высечь/ самого себя
to make a bee-line for smth. - пойти напрямик /кратчайшим путём/ куда-л.
to make a dead-set - а) охот. сделать стойку ( о собаке); б) нападать, набрасываться, накидываться; в) резко критиковать; обрушиться; жестоко высмеивать; he made a dead-set at me - он занял резко враждебную позицию в отношении меня; г) ≅ вешаться кому-л. на шею; упорно пытаться завоевать (чьё-л.) сердце; всячески добиваться (чьей-л.) взаимности или дружбы
to make a bid for smth. - а) предлагать цену за что-л. на аукционе; б) стремиться к чему-л., стараться добиться чего-л.
to make oneself solid with smb. - снискать чью-л. благосклонность; добиться взаимопонимания с кем-л. /поддержки у кого-л./
to make play - а) сл. действовать; making play with both hands - действуя обеими руками; б) спорт. держать противника в напряжении; не давать противнику передышки; в) спорт. наносить сильные и точные удары; г) добиваться результатов
to make a play for - амер. а) пустить в ход свои чары, очаровывать; б) сделать всё возможное, чтобы добиться своего; в) ухаживать
to make a score off one's own bat - сделать (что-л.) без посторонней помощи
to make a stab at smth. - попытаться сделать что-л.
to make a bad shot - а) не отгадать, не разгадать; б) ошибиться, промахнуться; ≅ попасть пальцем в небо
to make a good shot - а) отгадать, разгадать; б) правильно угадать, попасть в точку
to make the bull's-eye - а) попадать в цель /в яблоко мишени, в «десятку»/; б) иметь успех, добиться поставленной цели
to make smb.'s /the/ blood boil - приводить кого-л. в бешенство /в ярость/; вызывать чьё-л. возмущение
to make smb.'s flesh creep, to make smb.'s blood run cold, to make smb.'s hair curl /stand on end/ - приводить кого-л. в ужас
what I saw made my blood run cold - у меня кровь застыла в жилах от того, что я увидел
to make smb.'s brain reel - поразить /изумить, ошеломить/ кого-л.
to make smb. sit up - а) засадить кого-л. за трудную работу; б) шокировать кого-л.; неприятно поразить кого-л.
to make smb.'s ears burn - говорить о ком-л. за его спиной
to make the ears tingle - оглушать; резать слух
to make the cup run over - переполнить чашу (терпения), быть последней каплей (вызвавшей несчастье, катастрофу)
to make smb. turn in his grave - шутл. заставить кого-л. перевернуться в гробу
to make a song and dance about smth. - поднимать шум из-за чего-л.
to make the air blue - ругаться, сквернословить; поносить (кого-л.); ≅ ругаться на чём свет стоит
to make the dust /feathers, fur/ fly - амер. а) затеять ссору, поднять бучу; б) накинуться (на кого-л.), распушить (кого-л.); ≅ задать жару (кому-л.)
to make it hot for smb. - а) взгреть /вздуть/ кого-л.; б) здорово выругать кого-л.; ≅ задать жару кому-л.
I shall make it hot for him! - я ему задам!; в) причинить неприятность кому-л., создать невыносимые условия для кого-л.
his enemies made the place too hot for him - недоброжелатели сделали его жизнь там невыносимой; враги выживали его оттуда
to make things lively for smb. - ≅ насолить кому-л., причинить кому-л. неприятности
to make a time /a day/ of it - хорошо провести время, повеселиться
to make a night of it - прокутить всю ночь напролёт; здорово повеселиться до утра
to make good cheer - пировать, веселиться
to make whoopee - амер. кутить; шумно веселиться
to make no question of smth. - не сомневаться в чём-л., вполне допускать что-л.
to make no scruple to do smth. - делать что-л. со спокойной совестью; не постесняться сделать что-л.
to make no bones about /of/ smth. - а) не колебаться в чём-л.; б) не скрывать чего-л., не делать из чего-л. секрета /тайны/; в) не возражать против чего-л.
to make a long story short, to make short of long - короче говоря
to make odds even - устранить различия, сгладить разницу
to make the pot boil - а) зарабатывать на пропитание /на кусок хлеба/; б) халтурить
to make the hat go round - а) пустить шапку по кругу; б) организовать сбор пожертвований
to make a purse - а) собирать деньги (особ. по подписке); б) откладывать деньги
to make a bag - охот. убить немного дичи
to make the bag - охот. убить большую часть дичи ( из дневной добычи охотников)
as they make them /'em/ - чрезвычайно, исключительно, ужасно, чертовски
to make a hole in smb. - всадить пулю в кого-л., застрелить кого-л.
to make water - а) мочиться; б) дать течь ( о корабле)
to make ducks and drakes - а) бросать плоские камешки на поверхность воды, «печь блины»; б) проматывать, разбазаривать; в) поступать безрассудно; рисковать
to make a Virginia fence - амер. идти качаясь, нетвёрдо держаться на ногах ( о пьяном или изображающем пьяного)
to make a leg - уст., шутл. отвесить старомодный поклон ( отставив одну ногу назад)
to make bricks without straw - а) работать без нужного материала; делать (что-л.) впустую; б) заниматься бесполезным делом
to make fish of one and flesh /foul/ of another - относиться к людям пристрастно /неодинаково/
to make or break /or mar/ - возвеличить или погубить; ≅ либо пан, либо пропал
to make two bites of a cherry - а) делить что-л. и без того небольшое; б) ≅ стрелять из пушки по воробьям
to make a virtue of necessity - делать вид, что действуешь добровольно
make it snappy! - покороче!; поскорее!; живо!
as you make your bed, so you must be upon /in, on/ it - ≅ что посеешь, то и пожнёшь
nine tailors make one man - ≅ из девяти хилых не сделаешь и одного здорового
one fool makes many - ≅ дураку всегда компания найдётся
make haste slowly - ≅ тише едешь, дальше будешь
др. сочетания см. под соответствующими словами -
63 by
1. preposition1) (next to; near; at the side of: by the door; He sat by his sister.) junto a2) (past: going by the house.) (por) delante3) (through; along; across: We came by the main road.) por4) (used (in the passive voice) to show the person or thing which performs an action: struck by a stone.) por5) (using: He's going to contact us by letter; We travelled by train.) por, en6) (from; through the means of: I met her by chance; by post.) por7) ((of time) not later than: by 6 o'clock.) para8) (during the time of.) de9) (to the extent of: taller by ten centimetres.) de, por10) (used to give measurements etc: 4 metres by 2 metres.) por11) (in quantities of: fruit sold by the kilo.) por12) (in respect of: a teacher by profession.) de
2. adverb1) (near: They stood by and watched.) al lado (de)2) (past: A dog ran by.) por ahí3) (aside; away: money put by for an emergency.) apartado•- bypass
3. verb(to avoid (a place) by taking such a road.) desviar- bystander
- by and by
- by and large
- by oneself
- by the way
by1 advby expresa la idea de pasar cerca, pero sin detenersehe saw me, but he passed by without saying a word me vio, pero pasó sin decirme ni una palabraby2 prep1. porhe was attacked by a dog fue atacado por un perro / un perro lo atacó2. junto a / al lado deshe sat by me se sentó a mi lado / se sentó junto a mí3. de4. en5. para6. a7. concan I pay by credit card? ¿puedo pagar con tarjeta?8. a base debytr[baɪ]1 (agent) por2 (means) por■ by air/road por avión/carretera3 (showing difference) por4 (not later than) para5 (during) de■ by day/night de día/noche6 (near) junto a, al lado de7 (according to) según8 (measurements) por9 (rate) por10 SMALLMATHEMATICS/SMALL por11 (progression) a12 (in sets) en1 al lado, delante\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto go by pasar delanteby and by con el tiempoby the by a propósitoby oneself solo,-aby ['baɪ] adv1) near: cercahe lives close by: vive muy cerca2)to stop by : pasar por casa, hacer una visita3)to go by : pasarthey rushed by: pasaron corriendo4)to put by : reservar, poner a un lado5)by and by : poco después, dentro de poco6)by and large : en generalby prep1) near: cerca de, al lado de, junto a2) via: porshe left by the door: salió por la puerta3) past: por, por delante dethey walked by him: pasaron por delante de él4) during: de, duranteby night: de nochewe'll be there by ten: estaremos allí para las diezby then: para entoncesbuilt by the Romans: construido por los romanosa book by Borges: un libro de Borgesmade by hand: hecho a manobyadv.• a un lado adv.• aparte adv.prep.• al lado de prep.• de prep.• de acuerdo con prep.• para prep.• por prep.• según prep.
I baɪ1)a) ( not later than)will it be ready by 5? — ¿estará listo para las 5?
by the time he arrived, Ann had left — cuando llegó, Ann se había ido
b) (during, at)by day/night — de día/noche
2)a) (at the side of, near to) al lado de, junto acome and sit by me — ven a sentarte a mi lado or junto a mí
b) ( to hand) (AmE)3)a) ( past)I said hello, but he walked right by me — lo saludé pero él pasó de largo
b) (via, through) porby land/sea/air — por tierra/mar/avión
4) (indicating agent, cause) (with passive verbs) por [The passive voice is, however, less common in Spanish than it is in English]she was brought up by her grandmother — la crió su abuela, fue criada por su abuela
5)a) (indicating means, method)to pay by credit card — pagar* con tarjeta de crédito
to navigate by the stars — guiarse* por las estrellas
by -ing: you won't get anywhere by shouting no vas a conseguir nada con gritar; I'll begin by introducing myself — empezaré por presentarme
b) (owing to, from)he had two children by his second wife — tuvo dos hijos con or de su segunda mujer
by -ing: by specializing, she has limited her options al especializarse, ha restringido sus posibilidades; they have lost public support by being too extreme — han perdido apoyo popular por ser demasiado extremistas
6)a) ( according to)by the look of things — por lo visto or al parecer
b) (in oaths)I swear by Almighty God... — juro por Dios Todopoderoso...
by God, you'll be sorry you said that! — te juro que te vas a arrepentir de haber dicho eso
7)a) ( indicating rate) porshe broke the record by several seconds — batió el récord en or por varios segundos
little by little — poco a poco, de a poco (CS)
8) ( Math) pordivide six by three — divide seis por or entre tres
9) ( in compass directions)10)by oneself — (alone, without assistance) solo
I need to be by myself — necesito estar solo or a solas
II
a) ( past)b) (aside, in reserve)c) ( to somebody's residence)call o stop by on your way to work — pasa por casa de camino al trabajo
d) (in phrases)[baɪ] When by is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg go by, stand by, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg by chance, by degrees, by half, look up the other word.by and by: by and by they came to the clearing al poco rato llegaron al claro; it's going to rain by and by va a llover dentro de poco; by and large por lo general, en general; by the by — see bye I
1. PREPOSITION1) (=close to) al lado de, junto athe house by the church — la casa que está al lado de or junto a la iglesia
come and sit by me — ven y siéntate a mi lado or junto a mí
"where's the bank?" - "it's by the post office" — -¿dónde está el banco? -está al lado de or junto a la oficina de correos
2) (=via) porhe came in by the back door/by the window — entró por la puerta de atrás/por la ventana
which route did you come by? — ¿por dónde or por qué camino or por qué ruta viniste?
3) (=past) por delante de4) (=during)by day he's a bank clerk and by night he's a security guard — de día es un empleado de banco y de noche es guarda de seguridad
a) (=not later than) paracan you finish it by tomorrow? — ¿puedes terminarlo para mañana?
I'll be back by midnight — estaré de vuelta antes de or para la medianoche
applications must be submitted by 21 April — las solicitudes deben presentarse antes del 21 de abril
•
by the time I got there it was too late — cuando llegué ya era demasiado tarde•
by that time or by then I knew — para entonces ya lo sabíab) (in year, on date, on day)by tomorrow/Tuesday, I'll be in France — mañana/el martes ya estaré en Francia
by yesterday it was clear that... — ayer ya se veía claro que...
by 30 September we had spent £500 — a 30 de septiembre habíamos gastado 500 libras
by 1998 the figure had reached... — en 1998 la cifra había llegado a...
by 2010 the figure will have reached... — hacia el año 2010 la cifra habrá llegado a...
it seems to be getting bigger by the minute/day — parece que va creciendo minuto a minuto/día a día
•
little by little — poco a poco•
one by one — uno tras otro, uno a uno•
two by two — de dos en dos7) (indicating agent, cause) porthe thieves were caught by the police — los ladrones fueron capturados por la policía, la policía capturó a los ladrones
who's that song by? — ¿de quién es esa canción?
8) (indicating transport, method etc)•
by bus/ car — en autobús/coche•
by the light of the moon/a candle — a la luz de la luna/de una velaby working hard — a fuerza de mucho trabajar, trabajando mucho
he ended by saying that... — terminó diciendo que...
10) (=according to) segúnit's all right by me — por mí no hay problema or está bien
she's lighter than her brother by only a couple of pounds — pesa solo un par de libras menos que su hermano
it missed me by inches — no me dio por un pelo, me pasó rozando
12) (in measurements, sums)•
to divide by — dividir por or entre•
to multiply by — multiplicar por13)south by southwest — sudsudoeste, sursuroeste
15) (in oaths) por2. ADVERB1) (=past)•
they wouldn't let me by — no me dejaban pasar•
she rushed by without stopping — pasó a toda prisa, sin pararse•
by and by, I'll be with you by and by — enseguida estoy contigo•
by and large — en general, por lo general•
to put sth by — poner algo a un lado* * *
I [baɪ]1)a) ( not later than)will it be ready by 5? — ¿estará listo para las 5?
by the time he arrived, Ann had left — cuando llegó, Ann se había ido
b) (during, at)by day/night — de día/noche
2)a) (at the side of, near to) al lado de, junto acome and sit by me — ven a sentarte a mi lado or junto a mí
b) ( to hand) (AmE)3)a) ( past)I said hello, but he walked right by me — lo saludé pero él pasó de largo
b) (via, through) porby land/sea/air — por tierra/mar/avión
4) (indicating agent, cause) (with passive verbs) por [The passive voice is, however, less common in Spanish than it is in English]she was brought up by her grandmother — la crió su abuela, fue criada por su abuela
5)a) (indicating means, method)to travel by car/train — viajar en coche/tren
to pay by credit card — pagar* con tarjeta de crédito
to navigate by the stars — guiarse* por las estrellas
by -ing: you won't get anywhere by shouting no vas a conseguir nada con gritar; I'll begin by introducing myself — empezaré por presentarme
b) (owing to, from)he had two children by his second wife — tuvo dos hijos con or de su segunda mujer
by -ing: by specializing, she has limited her options al especializarse, ha restringido sus posibilidades; they have lost public support by being too extreme — han perdido apoyo popular por ser demasiado extremistas
6)a) ( according to)by the look of things — por lo visto or al parecer
b) (in oaths)I swear by Almighty God... — juro por Dios Todopoderoso...
by God, you'll be sorry you said that! — te juro que te vas a arrepentir de haber dicho eso
7)a) ( indicating rate) porshe broke the record by several seconds — batió el récord en or por varios segundos
little by little — poco a poco, de a poco (CS)
8) ( Math) pordivide six by three — divide seis por or entre tres
9) ( in compass directions)10)by oneself — (alone, without assistance) solo
I need to be by myself — necesito estar solo or a solas
II
a) ( past)b) (aside, in reserve)c) ( to somebody's residence)call o stop by on your way to work — pasa por casa de camino al trabajo
d) (in phrases) -
64 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
65 moment
noun1) Moment, der; Augenblick, derbarely a moment had elapsed... — es war kaum eine Minute vergangen...
at any moment, (coll.) any moment — jeden Augenblick od. Moment
this is the moment! — dies ist der geeignete Augenblick!
at the precise moment she came in... — genau in dem Augenblick, als sie hereintrat,...
the moment I get home — gleich od. sofort, wenn ich nach Hause komme
one or just a or wait a moment! — einen Moment od. Augenblick!
in a moment — (instantly) im Nu (ugs.); (very soon) sofort; gleich
for a moment — einen Moment [lang]
not for a moment — keinen Moment [lang]
the moment of truth — die Stunde der Wahrheit
at the moment — im Augenblick; momentan
for the moment — im od. für den Augenblick; vorläufig
I shan't be a moment — (I'll be back very soon) ich bin sofort zurück; (I have very nearly finished) ich bin sofort soweit
have you got a moment? — hast du mal einen Augenblick Zeit?
be the man of the moment — der Mann des Tages sein
come here this moment! — komm sofort od. auf der Stelle her!
2) (formal): (importance)of little/no moment — von geringer/ohne Bedeutung
3) (Phys.) Moment, das* * *['məumənt]1) (a very short space of time: I'll be ready in a moment; after a few moments' silence.) der Moment2) (a particular point in time: At that moment, the telephone rang.) der Augenblick•- academic.ru/47636/momentary">momentary- momentarily
- momentous
- momentously
- at the moment
- the moment that
- the moment* * *mo·ment[ˈməʊmənt, AM ˈmoʊ-]njust a \moment, please nur einen Augenblick, bittethis will only take a \moment das dauert nur einen Augenblick▪ the \moment [that]... [in dem Augenblick], als...the phone rang the \moment she came home das Telefon klingelte in dem Augenblick, als sie nach Hause kamnot a \moment too soon keine Sekunde zu früh, gerade noch rechtzeitignot for the \moment im Augenblick nichtat any \moment jeden Augenblick [o Moment]in a \moment gleich, soforta \moment in time ein historischer Augenblickthe \moment of truth die Stunde der Wahrheit▪ at [or for] the \moment im Augenblick, momentanat the [exact/precise] \moment when... [genau] in dem Augenblick [o Moment], als...at the last \moment im letzten Augenblick [o Moment]to leave sth till [or to] the last \moment etw bis zum Schluss [o letzten Moment] aufschiebenthe right \moment der richtige Zeitpunktto choose one's \moment den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählenof great \moment von großer Bedeutung\moment of acceleration Beschleunigungsmoment nt\moment of linear momentum Impulsmoment nt\moment of momentum Drehmoment nt5.▶ to have one's \moments [auch] seine guten Augenblicke habenfor all that, we had our \moments trotz alledem haben wir auch schöne Zeiten erlebt* * *['məʊmənt]n1) Augenblick m, Moment mthere were one or two moments when I thought... — ein paar Mal dachte ich...
from moment to moment — zusehends, von Minute zu Minute
any moment now, (at) any moment — jeden Augenblick
at the moment — im Augenblick, momentan
at the moment when... — zu dem Zeitpunkt, als...
at the moment of impact —
at this (particular) moment in time — momentan, augenblicklich
for the moment — im Augenblick, vorläufig
for one moment it seemed to have stopped — einen Augenblick lang schien es aufgehört zu haben
not for a or one moment... — nie(mals)...
to leave things until the last moment — alles erst im letzten Moment erledigen or machen
half a moment!, one moment! — einen Moment!
just a moment!, wait a moment! — Moment mal!
do it this very moment! — tu das auf der Stelle!
not a moment too soon — keine Minute zu früh, in letzter Minute
one moment she was laughing, the next she was crying — zuerst lachte sie, einen Moment später weinte sie
the moment it happened — (in dem Augenblick,) als es passierte
the moment I saw him I knew... — als ich ihn sah, wusste ich sofort...
the moment he arrives there's trouble — sobald er auftaucht, gibt es Ärger
tell me the moment he comes — sagen Sie mir sofort Bescheid, wenn er kommt
the film has its moments — streckenweise hat der Film was (inf)
moment of acceleration/inertia — Beschleunigungs-/Trägheitsmoment nt
3) (= importance) Bedeutung fof little moment — bedeutungslos, unwichtig
* * *moment [ˈməʊmənt] s1. Moment m, Augenblick m:just a moment!b) Augenblick!;a) gleich, sofort,b) in Sekundenschnellecome here this moment! obs komm sofort her!;the very moment I saw him in dem Augenblick, in dem ich ihn sah; sobald ich ihn sah;at the moment im Augenblick, augenblicklich, im Moment, momentan:a) gerade jetztat the last moment im letzten Augenblick;at any moment jederzeit;he’ll arrive (at) any moment jeden Moment;for the moment fürs Erste;not for the moment im Augenblick nicht;live for the moment für den Augenblick leben;for a moment einen Augenblick (lang);not for a moment keinen Augenblick (lang);to the moment auf die Sekunde genau, pünktlich;the moment der (geeignete) Augenblick;the catchword of the moment die Losung der Stunde oder des Tages;the moment of truth die Stunde der Wahrheit;his moment of truth came when … die Stunde der Wahrheit kam für ihn, als …3. meist pl fig (große) Stunde, großer Augenblick:4. Punkt m, Stadium n (einer Entwicklung)5. Bedeutung f, Tragweite f, Belang m (to für):of great (little) moment von großer (geringer) Bedeutung oder Tragweite;of no moment bedeutungs-, belanglos6. Moment n:a) PHIL wesentlicher, unselbstständiger Bestandteil7. PHYS Moment n:moment of a force Moment einer Kraft, Kraftmoment;moment of inertia Trägheitsmoment8. Statistik: statistisches GewichtM. abk1. Majesty Maj.2. marquis4. Master5. member6. moment* * *noun1) Moment, der; Augenblick, derbarely a moment had elapsed... — es war kaum eine Minute vergangen...
at any moment, (coll.) any moment — jeden Augenblick od. Moment
at the precise moment she came in... — genau in dem Augenblick, als sie hereintrat,...
the moment I get home — gleich od. sofort, wenn ich nach Hause komme
one or just a or wait a moment! — einen Moment od. Augenblick!
in a moment — (instantly) im Nu (ugs.); (very soon) sofort; gleich
for a moment — einen Moment [lang]
not for a moment — keinen Moment [lang]
at the moment — im Augenblick; momentan
for the moment — im od. für den Augenblick; vorläufig
I shan't be a moment — (I'll be back very soon) ich bin sofort zurück; (I have very nearly finished) ich bin sofort soweit
come here this moment! — komm sofort od. auf der Stelle her!
2) (formal): (importance)of little/no moment — von geringer/ohne Bedeutung
3) (Phys.) Moment, das* * *n.Augenblick m.Moment -e m. -
66 right
A n1 (side, direction) droite f ; keep to the right Aut tenez votre droite ; on ou to your right is the town hall à votre droite se trouve la mairie ; he doesn't know his left from his right il ne sait pas distinguer sa droite de sa gauche ; take the second right after Richmond Road prenez la deuxième à droite après Richmond Road ;2 Pol ( also Right) the right la droite ; they are further to the right than the Conservatives ils sont plus à droite que les conservateurs ;3 ( morally) bien m ; right and wrong le bien et le mal ; he doesn't know right from wrong il ne sait pas distinguer le bien du mal ; to be in the right avoir raison ;4 ( just claim) droit m ; to have a right to sth avoir droit à qch ; to have a ou the right to do avoir le droit de faire ; the right to work/to strike le droit au travail/de grève ; she has no right to treat you like that elle n'a pas le droit de te traiter comme ça ; he may be the boss, but that doesn't give him the right to treat you like that c'est peut-être lui le patron, mais ça ne lui donne pas le droit de te traiter comme ça ; what right have you to criticize me like that? de quel droit est-ce que vous me critiquez comme ça? ; I've got every right to be annoyed j'ai toutes les raisons d'être agacé ; you have every right to do so c'est tout à fait ton droit ; to know one's rights connaître ses droits ; one's rights as a consumer ses droits de consommateur ; human rights droits de l'homme ; civil rights droits civils ; to be within one's rights être dans son droit ; you would be quite within your rights to refuse tu serais tout à fait dans ton droit de refuser ; the property belongs to him as of right la propriété lui revient de plein droit ; her husband is a celebrity in his own right son mari est une célébrité à part entière ; the gardens are worth a visit in their own right à eux seuls, les jardins méritent la visite ; she is a countess in her own right elle est comtesse de par sa naissance ;5 ( in boxing) droite f ; he hit him a right to the jaw il lui a porté une droite or un direct du droit à la mâchoire.1 Comm, Jur droits mpl ; the translation/film rights of a book les droits de traduction/d'adaptation cinématographique d'un livre ; mining rights, mineral rights droits miniers ; to have the sole rights to sth avoir l'exclusivité des droits de qch ;2 ( moral) the rights and wrongs of a matter les aspects mpl moraux d'une question ; the rights and wrongs of capital punishment les arguments mpl pour et contre la peine de mort.C adj1 ( as opposed to left) droit, de droite ; one's right eye/arm son œil/bras droit ; on my right hand ( position) sur ma droite ; ‘eyes right!’ Mil ‘tête droite!’ ;2 ( morally correct) bien ; (fair, just) juste ; it's not right to steal ce n'est pas bien de voler ; you were quite right to criticize him tu as eu tout à fait raison de le critiquer ; it's only right that she should know c'est normal qu'elle soit mise au courant ; I thought it right to tell him j'ai jugé bon de lui dire ; it is right and proper that they should be punished ce n' est que justice qu'ils soient punis ; to do the right thing faire ce qu'il faut ; I hope we're doing the right thing j'espère que nous ne faisons pas une erreur ; you know you're doing the right thing tu sais que c'est la meilleure chose à faire ; to do the right thing by sb faire son devoir envers qn ;3 (correct, true) [choice, conditions, decision, direction, road etc] bon/bonne ; [word] juste ; ( accurate) [time] exact ; to be right [person] avoir raison ; [answer] être juste ; I was right to distrust him j'avais raison de me méfier de lui ; you were right about her, she's a real gossip tu avais raison à son sujet, c'est une vraie commère ; you're quite right! tu as tout à fait raison! ; that's the right answer c'est la bonne réponse ; she got all the answers right elle a répondu juste à toutes les questions ; that 's right c'est ça ; that's right, call me a liar! iron c'est ça, traite-moi de menteur! ; that can't be right ça ne peut pas être ça ; what's the right time? quelle est l'heure exacte? ; it's not the right time to go away on holiday GB ou vacation US ce n'est pas le bon moment pour partir en vacances ; I hear you're going away on holiday GB ou vacation US, is that right? on m'a dit que tu partais en vacances, est-ce que c'est vrai? ; so you're a student, is that right? alors tu es étudiant, c'est ça? ; am I right in thinking that…? ai-je raison de penser que…? ; I think I am right in saying that je pense ne pas me tromper en disant que ; is this the right train for Dublin? c'est bien le train pour Dublin? ; is this the right way to the station? est-ce que c'est la bonne direction pour aller à la gare? ; to do sth the right way faire qch comme il faut ; the right side of a piece of material l'endroit d'un tissu ; make sure it's facing the right side ou way up fais bien attention à ce qu'il soit à l'endroit ; to get one's facts right être sûr de ce qu'on avance ; you've got the spelling right l'orthographe est bonne ; I can't think of the right word for it je n'arrive pas à trouver le mot juste ; they've been rehearsing that scene for weeks and they still haven't got it right ils répètent cette scène depuis des semaines et elle n'est toujours pas au point ; let's hope he gets it right this time espérons qu'il y arrivera cette fois-ci ; it's not the right size ce n'est pas la bonne taille ; it wouldn't look right if we didn't attend ça serait mal vu si on n'y assistait pas ; how right you are! comme vous avez raison! ; time proved him right le temps lui a donné raison ;4 ( most suitable) qui convient ; those aren't the right clothes for gardening ce ne sont pas des vêtements qui conviennent au jardinage ; you need to have the right equipment il te faut le matériel approprié ; when the time is right quand le moment sera venu ; you need to choose the model that's right for you il faut que vous choisissiez le modèle qui vous convient ; I'm sure she's the right person for the job je suis sûr que c'est la personne qu'il faut pour le poste ; to be in the right place at the right time être là où il faut au bon moment ; to know the right people connaître des gens bien placés ; he was careful to say all the right things il a pris grand soin de dire tout ce qu'il faut dire dans ce genre de situation ; just the right combination of humour and pathos juste le bon équilibre entre l'humour et le pathétique ;5 ( in good order) [machine, vehicle] en bon état, qui fonctionne bien ; ( healthy) [person] bien portant ; I don't feel quite right these days je ne me sens pas très bien ces jours-ci ; a drink will set you right un verre te fera du bien ; the engine isn't quite right le moteur ne fonctionne pas très bien ; there's something not quite right about him il a quelque chose de bizarre ; I sensed that things were not quite right j'ai senti qu'il y avait quelque chose qui n'allait pas ; things are coming right at last les choses commencent enfin à s'arranger ;6 ( in order) to put ou set right corriger [mistake] ; réparer [injustice] ; arranger [situation] ; réparer [machine, engine etc] ; to put ou set one's watch right remettre sa montre à l'heure ; they gave him a month to put ou set things right ils lui ont donné un mois pour arranger les choses ; to put ou set sb right détromper qn ; I soon put her right je l'ai vite détrompée ; this medicine should put ou set you right ce médicament devrait vous remettre sur pied ;8 ○ GB ( emphatic) he's a right idiot! c'est un idiot fini! ; it's a right mess c'est un vrai gâchis ;D adv1 ( of direction) à droite ; to turn right tourner à droite ; she looked neither right nor left elle n'a regardé ni à droite ni à gauche ; they looked for him right, left and centre ○ ils l'ont cherché partout ; they are arresting/killing people right, left and centre ○ ils arrêtent/tuent les gens en masse ;2 (directly, straight) droit, directement ; it's right in front of you c'est droit or juste devant toi ; I'll be right back je reviens tout de suite ; go right home rentrez directement ; the path goes right down to the river le chemin conduit tout droit à la rivière ; right before juste avant ; right after dinner/Christmas juste après le dîner/Noël ; the train goes right through to Nice le train va directement à Nice ; he walked right up to her il a marché droit vers elle ;3 ( exactly) right in the middle of the room en plein milieu or au beau milieu de la pièce ; he interrupted them right in the middle of their dinner il les a interrompus en plein milieu or au beau milieu de leur dîner ; right now ( immediately) tout de suite ; ( at this point in time) en ce moment ; I'm staying right here je ne bougerai pas d'ici ; your book's right there by the window ton livre est juste là à côté de la fenêtre ; he sat down right beside me il s'est assis juste à côté de moi ; the bullet hit him right in the forehead la balle l'a touché en plein front ; they live right on the river ils habitent juste au bord de la rivière ; the house gives right onto the street la maison donne directement sur la rue ;4 ( correctly) juste, comme il faut ; you're not doing it right tu ne fais pas ça comme il faut ; you did right not to speak to her tu as bien fait de ne pas lui parler ; I guessed right j'ai deviné juste ; if I remember right si je me souviens bien ; nothing seems to be going right for me rien ne va dans ma vie ; did I hear you right? est-ce que je t'ai bien entendu? ;5 ( completely) tout ; a wall goes right around the garden il y a un mur tout autour du jardin ; go right to the end of the street allez tout au bout de la rue ; if you go right back to the beginning si vous revenez tout au début ; right at the bottom tout au fond ; to turn right around faire demi-tour ; her room is right at the top of the house sa chambre est tout en haut de la maison ; to read a book right through lire un livre jusqu'au bout ; the noise echoed right through the building le bruit a retenti dans tout l'immeuble ; she looked right through me fig elle a fait semblant de ne pas me voir ; to turn the radio/the central heating right up mettre la radio/le chauffage central à fond ; right up until the 1950s jusque dans les années 50 ; the door handle came right off in my hand la poignée m'est restée dans les mains ; the roof of the house was blown right off by the explosion le toit de la maison a été emporté dans l'explosion ; we're right behind you! nous vous soutenons totalement! ;6 ⇒ Forms of address GB ( in titles) the Right Honourable Jasper Pinkerton le très honorable Jasper Pinkerton ; the Right Honourable Gentleman ( form of address in parliament) ≈ notre distingué collègue ; the Right Reverend Felix Bush le très Révérend Felix Bush ;7 †ou GB dial ( emphatic) très ; he knew right well what was happening il savait très bien ce qui se passait ; a right royal reception une réception somptueuse ;8 ( very well) bon ; right, let's have a look bon, voyons ça.E vtr1 ( restore to upright position) redresser [vehicle, ship] ;F v refl to right oneself [person] se redresser ; to right itself [ship, plane] se rétablir ; [situation] se rétablir.to see sb right ( financially) dépanner ○ qn ; ( in other ways) sortir qn d'affaire ; here's £10, that should see you right voici 10 livres, ça devrait te dépanner ○ ; right you are ○ !, right-oh ○ ! GB d'accord!, d'ac ○ ! ; right enough ○ effectivement ; he's right up there! il est parmi les meilleurs! ; by rights normalement, en principe ; by rights it should belong to me normalement or en principe, ça devrait m'appartenir ; to put ou set sth to rights arranger qch. -
67 long
I 1. adjective,1) lang; weit [Reise, Weg]take a long view of something — etwas auf lange od. weite Sicht sehen
two inches/weeks long — zwei Zoll/Wochen lang
2) (elongated) länglich; schmalpull or make a long face — (fig.) ein langes Gesicht ziehen od. machen (ugs.)
long service — (esp. Mil.) langjähriger Dienst
in the long run — auf die Dauer; auf lange Sicht
in the long term — auf lange Sicht; langfristig
for a long time — lange; (still continuing) seit langem
what a long time you've been away! — du warst aber lange [Zeit] fort!
long time no see! — (coll.) lange nicht gesehen! (ugs.)
4) (tediously lengthy) lang[atmig]; weitschweifig5) (lasting) lang; langjährig [Gewohnheit, Freundschaft]6) klein, gering [Chance]7) (seemingly more than stated) lang [Minute, Tag, Jahre usw.]8) lang [Gedächtnis]have a long memory for something — etwas nicht so schnell vergessen
9) (consisting of many items) lang [Liste usw.]; hoch [Zahl]10) (Cards)2. nounit is long since... — es ist lange her, dass...
2)3. adverb,the long and the short of it is... — der langen Rede kurzer Sinn ist...
longer, longest1) lang[e]as or so long as — solange
you should have finished long before now — du hättest schon längst od. viel früher fertig sein sollen
not long before that — kurz davor od. zuvor
not long before I... — kurz bevor ich...
long since — [schon] seit langem
all day/night/summer long — den ganzen Tag/die ganze Nacht/den ganzen Sommer [über od. lang]
I shan't be long — ich bin gleich fertig; (departing) bis gleich!
somebody is long [in or about doing something] — jemand braucht lange od. viel Zeit[, um etwas zu tun]
not wait any/much longer — nicht mehr länger/viel länger warten
no longer — nicht mehr; nicht länger [warten usw.]
2)II intransitive verbas or so long as — (provided that) solange; wenn
long for somebody/something — sich nach jemandem/etwas sehnen
long for somebody to do something — sich (Dat.) [sehr] wünschen, dass jemand etwas tut
long to do something — sich danach sehnen, etwas zu tun
* * *I 1. [loŋ] adjective1) (measuring a great distance from one end to the other: a long journey; a long road; long legs.) lang2) (having a great period of time from the first moment to the last: The book took a long time to read; a long conversation; a long delay.) lang3) (measuring a certain amount in distance or time: The wire is two centimetres long; The television programme was just over an hour long.) lang4) (away, doing or using something etc for a great period of time: Will you be long?) lange weg5) (reaching to a great distance in space or time: She has a long memory) weitreichend2. adverb1) (a great period of time: This happened long before you were born.) lang2) (for a great period of time: Have you been waiting long?) lang•- academic.ru/43736/longways">longways- long-distance
- long-drawn-out
- longhand
- long house
- long jump
- long-playing record
- long-range
- long-sighted
- long-sightedness
- long-suffering
- long-winded
- as long as / so long as
- before very long
- before long
- in the long run
- the long and the short of it
- no longer
- so long! II [loŋ] verb- longing- longingly* * *long1[lɒŋ, AM lɑ:ŋ]I. adj1. (in space) lang; (over great distance) weit; (elongated) lang, länglich; ( fam: tall) groß, lang famthe rods are 20 cm \long die Stäbe sind 20 cm langwe're still a \long way from the station wir sind noch weit vom Bahnhof entferntthere was a list of complaints as \long as your arm es gab eine ellenlange Liste von Beschwerdento draw a \long breath tief Luft holen\long journey weite Reiseto have come a \long way einen weiten Weg zurückgelegt haben, von weit her gekommen seineach session is an hour \long jede Sitzung dauert eine Stundewe go back a \long way wir kennen uns schon seit ewigen Zeiten\long career [jahre]lange Karrierea \long day ein langer [und anstrengender] Tag\long friendship langjährige Freundschafta \long memory ein gutes Gedächtnisto have a \long memory for sth etw nicht so schnell vergessen\long service jahrelanger Diensta \long time eine lange Zeitit was a \long time before I received a reply es dauerte lange, bis ich [eine] Antwort bekamto be a \long while since... [schon] eine Weile her sein, seit...to work \long hours einen langen Arbeitstag haben3. (in scope) langthe report is 20 pages \long der Bericht ist 20 Seiten langa \long book ein dickes Bucha \long list eine lange Liste▪ to be \long on sth etw reichlich haben\long on ideas but short on funds mehr Ideen als Geldto be \long on charm jede Menge Charme besitzento be \long on wit sehr geistreich sein5. LINGa \long vowel ein langer Vokal6. (improbable)a \long chance eine geringe Chance\long odds geringe [Gewinn]chancen7. FIN\long security/shares Versicherung f/Aktien pl mit langer Laufzeit8.▶ the \long arm of the law der lange Arm des Gesetzes▶ [not] by a \long chalk bei Weitem [nicht]▶ in the \long run langfristig gesehen, auf lange Sicht [gesehen]▶ to take the \long view [of sth] [etw] auf lange Sicht betrachten▶ to be \long in the tooth nicht mehr der/die Jüngste sein▶ to be \long in the tooth to do sth zu alt sein, [um] etw zu tunII. adv1. (for a long time) lang[e]have you been waiting \long? wartest du schon lange?how \long have you lived here? wie lange haben Sie hier gewohnt?the authorities have \long known that... den Behörden war seit Langem bekannt, dass...\long live the King! lang lebe der König!to be \long lange brauchendon't be \long beeil dich!to be \long about doing sth lange für etw akk brauchendon't be too \long about it! lass dir nicht zu viel Zeit, beeil dich nur!2. (at a distant time) lange\long ago vor langer Zeit\long after/before... lange nachdem/bevor...not \long before... kurz davor3. (after implied time) langeif this meeting goes on any \longer wenn das Meeting noch länger andauerthow much \longer will it take? wie lange wird es noch dauern?not any \longer nicht längerI'm not going to wait any \longer ich werde nicht länger wartenI can't wait any \longer to open my presents! ich kann es gar nicht [mehr] erwarten, endlich meine Geschenke auszupacken!no \longer nicht mehrhe no \longer wanted to go there er wollte nicht mehr dorthin4. (throughout)all day/night/summer \long den ganzen Tag/die ganze Nacht/den ganzen Sommer [lang]5.▶ to be not \long for this world ( dated) nicht mehr lange zu leben haben, mit einem Fuß/Bein im Grabe seinIII. nhave you been waiting for \long? wartest du schon lange?to take \long [to do sth] lange brauchen[, um etw zu tun]it won't take \long es wird nicht lange dauerntake as \long as you like lass dir Zeit2. (in Morse) langone short and three \longs einmal kurz und dreimal lang3. FIN4.▶ before [very [or too]] \long schon [sehr] bald▶ the \long and the short of it kurz gesagtlong2[lɒŋ, AM lɑ:ŋ]vi sich akk sehnenlong3* * *I abbr See: of longitude II [lɒŋ]1. adj (+er)to be long in the tooth (inf) — nicht mehr der/die Jüngste sein
surely he is a bit long in the tooth to be climbing Everest — ist er nicht schon ein bisschen (zu) alt, um den Everest zu besteigen?
she was abroad for a long time —
well hullo, it's been a long time — hallo, schon lange nicht mehr gesehen
long time no see (inf) — sieht man dich auch mal wieder? (inf)
a year is 12 months long — ein Jahr hat 12 Monate
3) (POET, PHON) vowel, syllable lang4)a long drink (mixed) — ein Longdrink m
a long gin —
2. adv1) lang(e)don't be too long about it — lass dir nicht zu viel Zeit, mach nicht zu lange (inf)
don't be too long about phoning me — ruf mich bald (mal) an
I shan't be long (in finishing) — ich bin gleich fertig; (in returning)
two months without you, it's been too long — zwei Monate ohne dich, das war zu lang(e)
he drank long and deep — er nahm einen langen, tiefen Schluck
we waited as long as we could — wir haben gewartet, solange wir konnten
See:→ also ago, since2)I'll wait no longer I'll insist no longer — ich warte nicht länger ich werde nicht weiter darauf bestehen
3)so long! (inf) — tschüs(s)! (inf), bis später!
3. n1)the long and the short of it is that... — kurz gesagt..., der langen Rede kurzer Sinn...
are you going for long? —
IIIit didn't take long before... — es dauerte nicht lange, bis...
visich sehnen (for nach); (less passionately) herbeisehnen, kaum erwarten können (for sth etw acc)I'm longing for him to resign —
the children were longing for the bell to ring — die Kinder warteten sehnsüchtig auf das Klingeln or konnten das Klingeln kaum erwarten
he is longing for me to make a mistake — er möchte zu gern, dass ich einen Fehler mache
I am longing to go abroad — ich brenne darauf, ins Ausland zu gehen
he longed to know what was happening — er hätte zu gerne gewusst, was vorging
I'm longing to hear his reaction — ich bin sehr auf seine Reaktion gespannt
how I long for a cup of tea/a shower — wie ich mich nach einer Tasse Tee/einer Dusche sehne
* * *long1 [lɒŋ]A adj1. a) allg lang (auch fig langwierig):long time no see umg sieht man dich auch wieder mal?;two miles (weeks) long zwei Meilen (Wochen) lang;a long way round ein großer Umweg;two long miles zwei gute Meilen, mehr als zwei Meilen; → haul A 5 b, → live1 A 2, measure A 1, run A 1, ton1 1 a2. zu lang:the coat is long on him der Mantel ist ihm zu lang3. lang (gestreckt), länglich4. Längs…:6. groß:a long figure eine vielstellige Zahl7. übergroß, Groß…:8. weitreichend (Gedanken etc):a long memory ein gutes Gedächtnis;9. grob (Schätzung)11. seit Langem bestehend, alt (Brauch, Freundschaft etc)long bill langfristiger Wechsel14. WIRTSCHa) eingedeckt (of mit)b) auf Preissteigerung wartend:he’s long on good ideas16. mit Mineral-, Sodawasser oder Fruchtsaft aufgefüllt (alkoholisches Getränk):long drink Longdrink m18. LITa) langb) betont19. CHEM leichtflüssigB adv1. lang(e):have you been waiting long? wartest du schon lange?;long dead schon lange tot;as long as he lives solange er lebt;a) solange wie,b) sofern; vorausgesetzt, dass; falls;long after lange danach;as long ago as 1900 schon 1900;I saw him no longer ago than last week ich sah ihn erst letzte Woche;2. lange (in elliptischen Wendungen):don’t be long beeil dich!, mach schnell!;I won’t be longa) ich bin gleich wieder da,b) ich bin gleich fertig;it was not long before he came es dauerte nicht lange, bis er kamhold out longer länger aushalten;no longer, not any longer nicht mehr, nicht (mehr) längerC s1. (eine) lange Zeit:at (the) longest längstens;for long lange (Zeit);it is long since I saw her es ist lange her, dass ich sie gesehen habe;take long (to do sth) lange brauchen(, um etwas zu tun);the long and (the) short of it is that …a) es dreht sich einzig und allein darum, dass …,2. Länge f:a) LING langer Lautb) LIT lange Silbe3. WIRTSCH Haussier m4. plb) Übergrößen pllong to do sth sich danach sehnen, etwas zu tun;she was longing for the sermon to end sie sehnte das Ende der Predigt herbei;she is longing for him to kiss her sie sehnt sich danach, von ihm geküsst zu werden;longed-for ersehnt* * *I 1. adjective,1) lang; weit [Reise, Weg]be long in the tooth — nicht mehr der/die Jüngste sein
take a long view of something — etwas auf lange od. weite Sicht sehen
two inches/weeks long — zwei Zoll/Wochen lang
2) (elongated) länglich; schmalpull or make a long face — (fig.) ein langes Gesicht ziehen od. machen (ugs.)
3) (of extended duration) langlong service — (esp. Mil.) langjähriger Dienst
in the long run — auf die Dauer; auf lange Sicht
in the long term — auf lange Sicht; langfristig
for a long time — lange; (still continuing) seit langem
what a long time you've been away! — du warst aber lange [Zeit] fort!
long time no see! — (coll.) lange nicht gesehen! (ugs.)
4) (tediously lengthy) lang[atmig]; weitschweifig5) (lasting) lang; langjährig [Gewohnheit, Freundschaft]6) klein, gering [Chance]7) (seemingly more than stated) lang [Minute, Tag, Jahre usw.]8) lang [Gedächtnis]9) (consisting of many items) lang [Liste usw.]; hoch [Zahl]10) (Cards)2. nounfor long — lange; (since long ago) seit langem
it is long since... — es ist lange her, dass...
2)3. adverb,the long and the short of it is... — der langen Rede kurzer Sinn ist...
longer, longest1) lang[e]as or so long as — solange
you should have finished long before now — du hättest schon längst od. viel früher fertig sein sollen
not long before that — kurz davor od. zuvor
not long before I... — kurz bevor ich...
long since — [schon] seit langem
all day/night/summer long — den ganzen Tag/die ganze Nacht/den ganzen Sommer [über od. lang]
I shan't be long — ich bin gleich fertig; (departing) bis gleich!
somebody is long [in or about doing something] — jemand braucht lange od. viel Zeit[, um etwas zu tun]
not wait any/much longer — nicht mehr länger/viel länger warten
no longer — nicht mehr; nicht länger [warten usw.]
2)II intransitive verbas or so long as — (provided that) solange; wenn
long for somebody/something — sich nach jemandem/etwas sehnen
long for somebody to do something — sich (Dat.) [sehr] wünschen, dass jemand etwas tut
long to do something — sich danach sehnen, etwas zu tun
* * *adj.lang adj.langwierig adj.weit adj. -
68 certain
certain, e [sεʀtɛ̃, εn]1. adjectivea. ( = convaincu) [personne] sure, certain• es-tu certain de rentrer ce soir ? are you sure or certain you'll be back this evening?• elle est certaine qu'ils viendront she's sure or certain they'll comec. ( = plus ou moins défini avant le nom) un certain... a (certain)...• un certain ministre disait même que... a certain minister even said that...• un certain M. Leblanc vous a demandé a Mr Leblanc was asking for you• un certain nombre d'éléments font penser que... a number of things lead one to think that...• dans certains cas in some or certain cases• sans certaines notions de base without some or certain basic notions2. plural indefinite pronoun• certains disent que... some people say that...• il y en a certains qui... there are some who...* * *
1.
certaine sɛʀtɛ̃, ɛn adjectif1) ( convaincu)certain de — certain ou sure of
es-tu certain d'avoir fermé le gaz? — are your certain ou sure that you turned off the gas?
2) ( indiscutable) certain, surec'est sûr et certain — (colloq) it's absolutely certain
ils vont gagner, c'est certain! — they're bound to win!
il est certain qu'il n'aurait jamais pu faire ce qu'il a fait sans sa femme — he certainly couldn't have done what he did if it hadn't been for his wife
une influence certaine — an undeniable ou a definite influence
3) ( fixé) [date, prix] definite
2.
adjectif indéfini (before n)1) ( mal défini)elle restera un certain temps — she'll stay for some time ou for a while
dans une certaine mesure — to a certain ou to some extent
un certain M. Grovagnard — a (certain) Mr Grovagnard
3) ( intensif) someil faut un certain culot — (colloq) it takes some nerve (colloq)
3.
à certains moments — sometimes, at times
4.
* * *sɛʀtɛ̃, ɛn certain, -e1. adj1) (= incontestable) certain, (avantage) definiteCe n'est pas certain. — It's not certain.
Nous allons vers une faillite certaine. — We're heading for certain bankruptcy.
L'Italie possède un avantage certain: ses attaquants. — Italy has one definite advantage: its strikers.
2) (= convaincu) certainêtre certain de — to be certain of, to be sure of
être certain que — to be certain that, to be sure that
Je suis certain que je l'ai remis en place. — I'm certain that I put it back., I'm sure that I put it back.
3) (avant le nom: au singulier) (= pas clairement déterminé) certaindans une certaine mesure — to a certain extent, to some extent
un certain temps — quite some time, some time
J'ai mis un certain temps à comprendre ce qu'elle disait. — It took me quite some time to understand what she was saying., It took me some time to understand what she was saying.
Il règne une certaine confusion. — There is some confusion.
4) (avant le nom: au pluriel)Certaines personnes n'aiment pas la crème. — Some people don't like cream.
Certaines fois, il n'y avait personne. — Sometimes there was nobody there.
2. certains pron* * *A adj1 ( convaincu) certain de certain ou sure of; être certain de qch to be certain ou sure of sth; je suis certain qu'elle est coupable I'm certain ou sure that she's guilty; est-ce que tu es certain d'avoir fermé le gaz? are your certain ou sure that you turned off the gas?; nous ne sommes pas certains qu'elle en a or qu'elle en ait envie we're not certain ou sure that she feels like it;2 ( indiscutable) certain, sure; tenir qch pour certain to be certain of sth; il est certain qu'elle acceptera it's certain that she'll accept, she's certain to accept; il n'est pas certain qu'il puisse venir it's not certain ou definite that he'll be able to come; ce n'est pas là chose certaine it's not certain ou definite; c'est sûr et certain○ it's absolutely certain; ils vont gagner, c'est certain! they're bound to win!, they're sure to win!; il est certain qu'il n'aurait jamais pu faire ce qu'il a fait sans sa femme he certainly couldn't have done what he did if it hadn't been for his wife; ils vont à une mort certaine they're heading for certain death; il a sur ses élèves une influence certaine he has an undeniable ou a definite influence on his pupils; un homme d'un âge certain a man of advanced years;B adj indéf (before n)1 ( mal défini) elle restera à la maison un certain temps she'll stay at home for some time ou for a while; il y a encore dans le texte un certain nombre d'erreurs there are still a (certain) number of mistakes in the text; il représente une certaine image de la France he represents a certain image of France; se faire une certaine idée de la vie to have a certain conception of life; j'ai malgré tout une certaine admiration pour lui in spite of everything I've got a certain admiration for him; dans une certaine mesure to a certain ou to some extent; d'une certaine manière in a way; jusqu'à un certain point up to a (certain) point; il est venu un certain soir que j'étais sorti he came one evening when I was out;2 ( devant un nom de personne) un certain M. Grovagnard a (certain) Mr Grovagnard;3 ( intensif) some; il m'a fallu un certain temps pour comprendre it took me a while ou some time to understand; ça demande un certain entraînement/une certaine adresse it requires some practice/some skill; il faut un certain culot○ pour… it takes some nerve○ to…; un homme d'un certain âge a man who's no longer young; il avait déjà un certain âge lorsqu'il a établi ce record he was already getting on in years when he set this record.I( féminin certaine) [sɛrtɛ̃, sɛrtɛn, devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet sɛrtɛn] déterminant (adjectif indéfini)1. [exprimant l'indétermination]d'une certaine façon ou manière in a waydans ou en un certain sens in a sense2. [exprimant une quantité non négligeable]il a fait preuve d'une certaine intelligence he has shown a certain amount of ou some intelligence3. [devant un nom de personne]les dialogues sont l'œuvre d'un certain... the dialogue is by someone called... ou by one...————————certaines fois sometimes, on some occasionscertains jours sometimes, on some daysje connais certaines personnes qui n'auraient pas hésité I can think of some ou a few people who wouldn't have thought twice about it————————[personnes] some (people)[choses] some[d'un groupe] some (of them)II( féminin certaine) [sɛrtɛ̃, sɛrtɛn] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [sɛrtɛn]) adjectif1. [incontestable - amélioration] definite ; [ - preuve] definite, positive ; [ - avantage, rapport] definite, clear ; [ - décision, invitation, prix] definiteavec un enthousiasme certain with real ou obvious enthusiasmle projet a beaucoup de retard — c'est certain, mais... the project is a long way behind schedule — that's certainly true but...j'aurais préféré attendre, c'est certain I'd have preferred to wait, of course2. [inéluctable - échec, victoire] certain3. [persuadé]si tu pars battu, tu es certain de perdre! if you think you're going to lose, (then) you're bound ou sure ou certain to lose!si j'étais certain qu'il vienne if I knew (for sure) ou if I was certain that he was comingcertain nom masculinBOURSE fixed ou direct rate of exchange -
69 START
I
1.
verb1) (to leave or begin a journey: We shall have to start at 5.30 a.m. in order to get to the boat in time.)2) (to begin: He starts working at six o'clock every morning; She started to cry; She starts her new job next week; Haven't you started (on) your meal yet?; What time does the play start?)3) (to (cause an engine etc to) begin to work: I can't start the car; The car won't start; The clock stopped but I started it again.)4) (to cause something to begin or begin happening etc: One of the students decided to start a college magazine.)
2. noun1) (the beginning of an activity, journey, race etc: I told him at the start that his idea would not succeed; The runners lined up at the start; He stayed in the lead after a good start; I shall have to make a start on that work.)2) (in a race etc, the advantage of beginning before or further forward than others, or the amount of time, distance etc gained through this: The youngest child in the race got a start of five metres; The driver of the stolen car already had twenty minutes' start before the police began the pursuit.)•- starter- starting-point
- for a start
- get off to a good
- bad start
- start off
- start out
- start up
- to start with
II
1.
verb(to jump or jerk suddenly because of fright, surprise etc: The sudden noise made me start.)
2. noun1) (a sudden movement of the body: He gave a start of surprise.)2) (a shock: What a start the news gave me!)start1 n1. principio2. salidathere's a lot of work, let's make a start! hay mucho trabajo, ¡empecemos!start2 vb1. empezarwhat time does it start? ¿a qué hora empieza?2. arrancartr[stɑːt]1 (gen) principio, comienzo, inicio3 (fright, jump) susto, sobresalto■ what a start you gave me! ¡qué susto me has pegado!1 (begin - gen) empezar, comenzar, iniciar; (- conversation) entablar■ what time do you start work? ¿a qué hora empiezas a trabajar?■ she started to cry empezó a llorar, arrancó a llorar2 (cause to begin - fire, epidemic) provocar; (- argument, fight, war, etc) empezar, iniciar■ you've started me thinking me has hecho pensar, me has dado que pensar3 (set up - business) montar, poner; (- organization) fundar, establecer, crear4 (set in motion - machine) poner en marcha; (- vehicle) arrancar, poner en marcha1 (begin) empezar, comenzar■ what time does it start? ¿a qué hora comienza?■ don't start, honey no empieces, cariño■ starting from Tuesday a partir del martes, empezando el martes2 (be set up - business) ser fundado,-a, fundarse, crearse3 (begin to operate) ponerse en marcha, empezar a funcionar; (car) arrancar4 (begin journey) salir, partir, ponerse en camino5 (jump) asustarse, sobresaltarse\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLfor a start para empezarto get off to a bad start empezar malto get off to a good start empezar biento get started empezarto make a fresh start volver a empezarto make a start on something empezar algoto start a family tener hijosstart ['stɑrt] vi1) jump: levantarse de un salto, sobresaltarse, dar un respingo2) begin: empezar, comenzar3) set out: salir (de viaje, etc.)4) : arrancar (dícese de un motor)start vt1) begin: empezar, comenzar, iniciar2) cause: provocar, causar3) establish: fundar, montar, establecerto start a business: montar un negocio4) : arrancar, poner en marcha, encenderto start the car: arrancar el motorstart n1) jump: sobresalto m, respingo m2) beginning: principio m, comienzo mto get an early start: salir tempranon.• arranque s.m.• comienzo s.m.• inicio s.m.• principio s.m.• respingo s.m.• salida (Deporte) s.f.• sobresalto s.m.• ventaja s.f. (a motor, etc.)v.• arrancar v.• poner en marcha v.v.• comenzar v.• despegar v.• empezar v.• entablar v.• fundar v.• iniciar v.• nacer v.• originar v.• principiar v.• romper v.stɑːrt, stɑːt
I
1)a) ( beginning) principio m, comienzo mat the start — al principio, al comienzo
from the start — desde el principio or comienzo
from start to finish — del principio al fin, desde el principio hasta el fin
to make a start (on something) — empezar* algo
to make an early start — empezar* temprano; ( on a journey) salir* temprano, ponerse* en camino a primera hora
to make a fresh o new start — empezar* or comenzar* de nuevo
to get (something) off to a good/bad start — empezar* (algo) bien or con el pie derecho/mal or con el pie izquierdo
b)2) ( Sport)a) ( of race) salida fb) (lead, advantage) ventaja f3) ( jump)to give a start — \<\<person/horse\>\> dar* un respingo
to give somebody a start — darle* or pegarle* un susto a alguien, asustar a alguien
II
1.
1) ( begin) \<\<conversation/journey/negotiations\>\> empezar*, comenzar*, iniciar; \<\<job/course\>\> empezar*, comenzar*I start work at eight — empiezo or entro a trabajar a las ocho
to start -ING, to start to + INF — empezar* a + inf
2) ( cause to begin) \<\<race\>\> dar* comienzo a, largar* (CS, Méx); \<\<fire/epidemic\>\> provocar*; \<\<argument/fight\>\> empezar*; \<\<war\>\> \<\<incident\>\> desencadenarto get somebody started — (colloq) darle* cuerda a alguien (fam)
3) ( establish) \<\<business\>\> abrir*, montar; \<\<organization\>\> fundar4) ( cause to operate) \<\<engine/dishwasher\>\> encender*, prender (AmL); \<\<car\>\> arrancar*, hacer* partir (Chi)
2.
1) vi2)a) ( begin) \<\<school/term/meeting\>\> empezar*, comenzar*, iniciarse (frml); \<\<noise/pain/journey/race\>\> empezar*, comenzar*prices start at $30 — cuestan a partir de 30 dólares
to get started — empezar*, comenzar*
to start again o (AmE also) over — volver* a empezar, empezar* or comenzar* de nuevo
to start BY -ING — empezar* por + inf
b)to start with — (as linker): primero or para empezar
3)a) ( originate) empezar*, originarseit all started from an idea I had as a student — todo surgió de una idea que tuve cuando era estudiante
b) ( be founded) ser* fundado4) ( set out) (+ adv compl)it's time we started (for) home — es hora de volver a casa, es hora de que nos pongamos en camino a casa
5) ( begin to operate) \<\<car\>\> arrancar*, partir (Chi); \<\<dishwasher\>\> empezar* a funcionar, ponerse* en marcha6) ( move suddenly) dar* un respingo; ( be frightened) asustarse, sobresaltarseshe started at the noise — el ruido la sobresaltó or la asustó
•Phrasal Verbs:- start on- start up[stɑːt]N ABBR = Strategic Arms Reduction Talks* * *[stɑːrt, stɑːt]
I
1)a) ( beginning) principio m, comienzo mat the start — al principio, al comienzo
from the start — desde el principio or comienzo
from start to finish — del principio al fin, desde el principio hasta el fin
to make a start (on something) — empezar* algo
to make an early start — empezar* temprano; ( on a journey) salir* temprano, ponerse* en camino a primera hora
to make a fresh o new start — empezar* or comenzar* de nuevo
to get (something) off to a good/bad start — empezar* (algo) bien or con el pie derecho/mal or con el pie izquierdo
b)2) ( Sport)a) ( of race) salida fb) (lead, advantage) ventaja f3) ( jump)to give a start — \<\<person/horse\>\> dar* un respingo
to give somebody a start — darle* or pegarle* un susto a alguien, asustar a alguien
II
1.
1) ( begin) \<\<conversation/journey/negotiations\>\> empezar*, comenzar*, iniciar; \<\<job/course\>\> empezar*, comenzar*I start work at eight — empiezo or entro a trabajar a las ocho
to start -ING, to start to + INF — empezar* a + inf
2) ( cause to begin) \<\<race\>\> dar* comienzo a, largar* (CS, Méx); \<\<fire/epidemic\>\> provocar*; \<\<argument/fight\>\> empezar*; \<\<war\>\> \<\<incident\>\> desencadenarto get somebody started — (colloq) darle* cuerda a alguien (fam)
3) ( establish) \<\<business\>\> abrir*, montar; \<\<organization\>\> fundar4) ( cause to operate) \<\<engine/dishwasher\>\> encender*, prender (AmL); \<\<car\>\> arrancar*, hacer* partir (Chi)
2.
1) vi2)a) ( begin) \<\<school/term/meeting\>\> empezar*, comenzar*, iniciarse (frml); \<\<noise/pain/journey/race\>\> empezar*, comenzar*prices start at $30 — cuestan a partir de 30 dólares
to get started — empezar*, comenzar*
to start again o (AmE also) over — volver* a empezar, empezar* or comenzar* de nuevo
to start BY -ING — empezar* por + inf
b)to start with — (as linker): primero or para empezar
3)a) ( originate) empezar*, originarseit all started from an idea I had as a student — todo surgió de una idea que tuve cuando era estudiante
b) ( be founded) ser* fundado4) ( set out) (+ adv compl)it's time we started (for) home — es hora de volver a casa, es hora de que nos pongamos en camino a casa
5) ( begin to operate) \<\<car\>\> arrancar*, partir (Chi); \<\<dishwasher\>\> empezar* a funcionar, ponerse* en marcha6) ( move suddenly) dar* un respingo; ( be frightened) asustarse, sobresaltarseshe started at the noise — el ruido la sobresaltó or la asustó
•Phrasal Verbs:- start on- start up -
70 z
z, ze Ⅰ praep. 1. (przed określeniami miejsca) from (czegoś sth); (o pomieszczeniu, pojemniku) from, out of (czegoś sth); (o powierzchni) off (czegoś sth)- z Polski/ze Szkocji from Poland/Scotland- pamiątka z Japonii a souvenir from Japan- św. Franciszek z Asyżu St Francis of Assisi- jechać z Berlina do Warszawy to go from Berlin to Warsaw- wyszedł z domu o trzeciej he left home at three- wyjął pieniądze z portfela he took some money out of his wallet- zjechał na sankach z górki he went down the hill on a sledge- gwóźdź wystający z deski a nail sticking out of a plank- zdjął obraz ze ściany he took the picture off the wall- sprzątnęła brudne naczynia ze stołu she cleared the dirty dishes off the table- podniósł coś z podłogi he picked something up off the floor- zsiadł z konia he got off the horse2. (określający kierunek, stronę) from (czegoś sth)- hałasy dochodzące z góry noises coming from upstairs- widok z wieży kościoła the view from the church tower- z każdej strony a. ze wszystkich stron from all sides, from every side- z lewej/prawej strony (znajdować się) on a. to the left/right; (zbliżać się) from the left/right- z mojej lewej/prawej strony (tuż obok) by my left/right side; (nieco dalej) to my left/right- z tamtej strony brzeg jest bagnisty on the other side the shore is marshy- z przodu/tyłu at the front/back3. (określający źródło, pochodzenie) from (czegoś sth)- informacje pochodzące z dziennika telewizyjnego information from the TV News- dane z rocznika statystycznego data from a statistical yearbook- wiadomość z pewnej gazety information from a certain newspaper- znał jej adres z książki telefonicznej he knew her address from the telephone directory- wiem o tym z doświadczenia I know it from experience- z badań rynkowych wynika, że… from market research it emerges that…- dyrektor z wyboru/nominacji an elected/a nominated director- towary z importu imported goods- odrzuty z eksportu export rejects- znalazł sobie pracę z ogłoszenia he found a job through an ad4. (z określeniami czasu) from, of (czegoś sth)- zamek z XV wieku a castle (dating) from the 15th century- fotografie z lat szkolnych photographs from one’s school days- jego list z 12 maja his letter of 12 May- to jest rachunek za telefon z ubiegłego miesiąca this is the phone bill for a. from last month- z rana in the morning- z samego rana first thing in the morning5. (wskazuje na podstawę, wzór) from (czegoś sth)- rysunek z natury a drawing from nature- odpis z oryginału a duplicate of the original- wyrecytować coś z pamięci to recite sth from memory- przepisał dane z tablicy he copied down the data from the board6. (wskazuje na surowiec) of, from (czegoś sth)- z drzewa/ze stali of a. from wood/steel- zasmażka z mąki i wywaru a roux of a. from flour and stock- z czego to jest zrobione? what is it made of a. from?- wiązanka z czerwonych róż a bunch of red roses- sok z wiśni/malin cherry/raspberry juice- sałatka z pomidorów/selera a tomato/celery salad- dom wybudowany z cegieł a brick-built house7. (wskazuje na zbiór) of (kogoś/czegoś sb/sth)- któryś z nich/nas one of them/us- jeden z uczniów one of the pupils- żaden z nauczycieli none of the teachers- najstarszy/najmłodszy z nich the oldest/youngest of them- czy któryś z was go zna? do any of you know him?- czy coś z tego rozumiesz? do you understand any of that?8. (wskazuje na przyczynę stanu) out of, from (czegoś sth)- z radości/ze strachu out of joy/fear- z konieczności (out) of necessity- zemdleć z wyczerpania to faint from exhaustion- umrzeć z głodu die of starvation- wyszła za mąż z miłości she married for love a. out of love- udusił się z braku powietrza he suffocated through lack of air9 (wskazuje na stan początkowy) from (kogoś/czegoś sb/sth)- z nasion/pąków from seeds/buds- wyrosła z niej śliczna dziewczyna she grew into a very pretty girl- z majora awansował na pułkownika he was promoted from major to colonel- inflacja spadła z 10 do 8 procent inflation went down from 10 to 8 per cent- z niewinnej sprzeczki zrobiła się wielka awantura an innocent tiff turned into a big row pot.10 (wskazuje na cechę) znany/słynny z czegoś well-known/famous for sth- miasto słynie z zabytkowych budowli the town is famous for its historic buildings- z oczu jest podobna do matki her eyes are like her mother’s- ze sposobu bycia przypominał ojca he resembled his father in manner11 (wskazuje na natężenie) z całego serca with all one’s heart- ze wszystkich sił with all one’s might- z całą dokładnością with the utmost accuracy- podkreślić z całą mocą to emphasize most strongly- z grubsza roughly- z lekka lightly- z rzadka rarely, seldom- z uwagą attentively- z wysiłkiem with (an) effort12 (wskazuje na element całości) with (kimś/czymś sb/sth)- kawa z mlekiem coffee with milk- dom z ogrodem a house with a garden- dziewczyna z niebieskimi oczami a girl with blue eyes- matka z dzieckiem na ręku a mother carrying a. with a baby in her arms- samolot ze stu osobami na pokładzie a plane with a hundred people on board- chleb z masłem bread and butter- mieszkanie z umeblowaniem a furnished flat- sklep z używaną odzieżą a second-hand clothes shop- deszcz ze śniegiem sleet- podróżowała z mężem i dwojgiem dzieci she travelled with her husband and two children- dyskutował z synem he was arguing with his son- rozstał się ze swą przyjaciółką he parted with his girlfriend- zaprzyjaźniła się z nim dwa lata temu she became friendly with him two years ago- pójdziesz z nami do kina? are you going to the cinema with us?- wyszedł na spacer z psem he took the dog for a walk- porozmawiam z nim o tym jutro I’ll talk to him about it tomorrow13 (wskazuje na sposób) with (czymś sth)- z niedowierzaniem/ze zdumieniem in a. with disbelief/astonishment- okno zamknęło się z trzaskiem the window closed with a bang- obudził się z bólem głowy he woke up with a headache- leżał na trawie z rękami pod głową he was lying on the grass with his hands behind his head- płynąć z wiatrem/prądem to sail with the wind/current14 (wskazuje na cel) pójść do kogoś z prośbą o radę to go to sb to request advice- pośpieszyć komuś z pomocą to go to sb’s aid- pojechał do Niemiec z wykładami he went to Germany on a lecture tour15 (wskazuje na współzależność) with (czymś sth)- z wiekiem with age- wraz ze wzrostem ciśnienia with the growth of a. in pressure- z czasem with a. in time- z upływem czasu with the passing of time- z każdym dniem/rokiem with each passing day/year16 (z określeniami pory) with (czymś sth)- z końcem/początkiem sierpnia at the end/beginning of August- z nadejściem lata with the approach of summer17 (eliptyczne) about (kimś/czymś sb/sth)- co z artykułem? what about the article?- co się z tobą działo? what have you been doing with yourself?- co zrobić z tymi szmatami? what shall I do with these rags?- z babcią jest źle, znowu miała atak Granny’s not well, she’s had another seizure18 (w przysłówkach) literatura zwana z angielska science fiction literature known by the English name of science fiction- ubrany z niemiecka dressed in German style- mówił trochę z cudzoziemska he spoke with a slight foreign accentⅡ part. around, about- zajęło mi to z godzinę it took me around an hour- miał ze czterdzieści lat he was around forty* * *ntZ jak Zygmunt — ≈Z for zebra
* * *I.z1, zeprep.+ Gen.2. ( źródło informacji) from; z gazet/książki/doświadczenia from newspapers/the book/experience.3. ( czas) from, of; z dziesiątego wieku from the 10th century; z rana in the morning; list z drugiego maja a letter of 2nd May.5. (przynależność, zbiorowość) of, from; jeden z nas one of us; kolega ze szkoły a friend from school, school friend; z domu Janowska née l. nee Janowska.6. ( przyczyna) (out) of; z bólu/nudów/radości (out) of pain/boredom/joy; z jakiej racji? for what reason?, how come?; ni z tego, ni z owego all of a sudden.7. ( zmiana stanu) of; co z nami będzie? what's going to become of us?8. ( nasilenie) with; z całych sił with all one's might; z całego serca with all one's heart, wholeheartedly.9. (wzór, model) from; wyrecytować z pamięci recite from memory.10. ( ograniczenie zakresu) at, by, in; podobny z wyglądu similar-looking; egzamin z angielskiego examination in English; ona jest dobra z biologii she's good at biology; on jest z zawodu leksykografem he's a lexicographer by profession.11. ( tworzy wyrażenia przysłówkowe) z grubsza roughly; z lekka lightly, delicately; z rzadka rarely.13. + Ins. (element, składnik) and, with; chleb z masłem bread and butter; bułka z dżemem bread roll with jam; kawa ze śmietanką/mlekiem coffee with cream/milk; sklep z zabawkami toy store l. shop.15. + Ins. (obiekt podlegający działaniu, stanowi) co z nim? how is he?II.z2, zeadv.pot. (= około) about; z godzinę about an hour.III.Z, zn.( litera) Z, z; Z jak Zygmunt Z is for Zulu; Z as in Zulu.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > z
-
71 ze
z, ze Ⅰ praep. 1. (przed określeniami miejsca) from (czegoś sth); (o pomieszczeniu, pojemniku) from, out of (czegoś sth); (o powierzchni) off (czegoś sth)- z Polski/ze Szkocji from Poland/Scotland- pamiątka z Japonii a souvenir from Japan- św. Franciszek z Asyżu St Francis of Assisi- jechać z Berlina do Warszawy to go from Berlin to Warsaw- wyszedł z domu o trzeciej he left home at three- wyjął pieniądze z portfela he took some money out of his wallet- zjechał na sankach z górki he went down the hill on a sledge- gwóźdź wystający z deski a nail sticking out of a plank- zdjął obraz ze ściany he took the picture off the wall- sprzątnęła brudne naczynia ze stołu she cleared the dirty dishes off the table- podniósł coś z podłogi he picked something up off the floor- zsiadł z konia he got off the horse2. (określający kierunek, stronę) from (czegoś sth)- hałasy dochodzące z góry noises coming from upstairs- widok z wieży kościoła the view from the church tower- z każdej strony a. ze wszystkich stron from all sides, from every side- z lewej/prawej strony (znajdować się) on a. to the left/right; (zbliżać się) from the left/right- z mojej lewej/prawej strony (tuż obok) by my left/right side; (nieco dalej) to my left/right- z tamtej strony brzeg jest bagnisty on the other side the shore is marshy- z przodu/tyłu at the front/back3. (określający źródło, pochodzenie) from (czegoś sth)- informacje pochodzące z dziennika telewizyjnego information from the TV News- dane z rocznika statystycznego data from a statistical yearbook- wiadomość z pewnej gazety information from a certain newspaper- znał jej adres z książki telefonicznej he knew her address from the telephone directory- wiem o tym z doświadczenia I know it from experience- z badań rynkowych wynika, że… from market research it emerges that…- dyrektor z wyboru/nominacji an elected/a nominated director- towary z importu imported goods- odrzuty z eksportu export rejects- znalazł sobie pracę z ogłoszenia he found a job through an ad4. (z określeniami czasu) from, of (czegoś sth)- zamek z XV wieku a castle (dating) from the 15th century- fotografie z lat szkolnych photographs from one’s school days- jego list z 12 maja his letter of 12 May- to jest rachunek za telefon z ubiegłego miesiąca this is the phone bill for a. from last month- z rana in the morning- z samego rana first thing in the morning5. (wskazuje na podstawę, wzór) from (czegoś sth)- rysunek z natury a drawing from nature- odpis z oryginału a duplicate of the original- wyrecytować coś z pamięci to recite sth from memory- przepisał dane z tablicy he copied down the data from the board6. (wskazuje na surowiec) of, from (czegoś sth)- z drzewa/ze stali of a. from wood/steel- zasmażka z mąki i wywaru a roux of a. from flour and stock- z czego to jest zrobione? what is it made of a. from?- wiązanka z czerwonych róż a bunch of red roses- sok z wiśni/malin cherry/raspberry juice- sałatka z pomidorów/selera a tomato/celery salad- dom wybudowany z cegieł a brick-built house7. (wskazuje na zbiór) of (kogoś/czegoś sb/sth)- któryś z nich/nas one of them/us- jeden z uczniów one of the pupils- żaden z nauczycieli none of the teachers- najstarszy/najmłodszy z nich the oldest/youngest of them- czy któryś z was go zna? do any of you know him?- czy coś z tego rozumiesz? do you understand any of that?8. (wskazuje na przyczynę stanu) out of, from (czegoś sth)- z radości/ze strachu out of joy/fear- z konieczności (out) of necessity- zemdleć z wyczerpania to faint from exhaustion- umrzeć z głodu die of starvation- wyszła za mąż z miłości she married for love a. out of love- udusił się z braku powietrza he suffocated through lack of air9 (wskazuje na stan początkowy) from (kogoś/czegoś sb/sth)- z nasion/pąków from seeds/buds- wyrosła z niej śliczna dziewczyna she grew into a very pretty girl- z majora awansował na pułkownika he was promoted from major to colonel- inflacja spadła z 10 do 8 procent inflation went down from 10 to 8 per cent- z niewinnej sprzeczki zrobiła się wielka awantura an innocent tiff turned into a big row pot.10 (wskazuje na cechę) znany/słynny z czegoś well-known/famous for sth- miasto słynie z zabytkowych budowli the town is famous for its historic buildings- z oczu jest podobna do matki her eyes are like her mother’s- ze sposobu bycia przypominał ojca he resembled his father in manner11 (wskazuje na natężenie) z całego serca with all one’s heart- ze wszystkich sił with all one’s might- z całą dokładnością with the utmost accuracy- podkreślić z całą mocą to emphasize most strongly- z grubsza roughly- z lekka lightly- z rzadka rarely, seldom- z uwagą attentively- z wysiłkiem with (an) effort12 (wskazuje na element całości) with (kimś/czymś sb/sth)- kawa z mlekiem coffee with milk- dom z ogrodem a house with a garden- dziewczyna z niebieskimi oczami a girl with blue eyes- matka z dzieckiem na ręku a mother carrying a. with a baby in her arms- samolot ze stu osobami na pokładzie a plane with a hundred people on board- chleb z masłem bread and butter- mieszkanie z umeblowaniem a furnished flat- sklep z używaną odzieżą a second-hand clothes shop- deszcz ze śniegiem sleet- podróżowała z mężem i dwojgiem dzieci she travelled with her husband and two children- dyskutował z synem he was arguing with his son- rozstał się ze swą przyjaciółką he parted with his girlfriend- zaprzyjaźniła się z nim dwa lata temu she became friendly with him two years ago- pójdziesz z nami do kina? are you going to the cinema with us?- wyszedł na spacer z psem he took the dog for a walk- porozmawiam z nim o tym jutro I’ll talk to him about it tomorrow13 (wskazuje na sposób) with (czymś sth)- z niedowierzaniem/ze zdumieniem in a. with disbelief/astonishment- okno zamknęło się z trzaskiem the window closed with a bang- obudził się z bólem głowy he woke up with a headache- leżał na trawie z rękami pod głową he was lying on the grass with his hands behind his head- płynąć z wiatrem/prądem to sail with the wind/current14 (wskazuje na cel) pójść do kogoś z prośbą o radę to go to sb to request advice- pośpieszyć komuś z pomocą to go to sb’s aid- pojechał do Niemiec z wykładami he went to Germany on a lecture tour15 (wskazuje na współzależność) with (czymś sth)- z wiekiem with age- wraz ze wzrostem ciśnienia with the growth of a. in pressure- z czasem with a. in time- z upływem czasu with the passing of time- z każdym dniem/rokiem with each passing day/year16 (z określeniami pory) with (czymś sth)- z końcem/początkiem sierpnia at the end/beginning of August- z nadejściem lata with the approach of summer17 (eliptyczne) about (kimś/czymś sb/sth)- co z artykułem? what about the article?- co się z tobą działo? what have you been doing with yourself?- co zrobić z tymi szmatami? what shall I do with these rags?- z babcią jest źle, znowu miała atak Granny’s not well, she’s had another seizure18 (w przysłówkach) literatura zwana z angielska science fiction literature known by the English name of science fiction- ubrany z niemiecka dressed in German style- mówił trochę z cudzoziemska he spoke with a slight foreign accentⅡ part. around, about- zajęło mi to z godzinę it took me around an hour- miał ze czterdzieści lat he was around forty* * ** * *I.z1, zeprep.+ Gen.2. ( źródło informacji) from; z gazet/książki/doświadczenia from newspapers/the book/experience.3. ( czas) from, of; z dziesiątego wieku from the 10th century; z rana in the morning; list z drugiego maja a letter of 2nd May.5. (przynależność, zbiorowość) of, from; jeden z nas one of us; kolega ze szkoły a friend from school, school friend; z domu Janowska née l. nee Janowska.6. ( przyczyna) (out) of; z bólu/nudów/radości (out) of pain/boredom/joy; z jakiej racji? for what reason?, how come?; ni z tego, ni z owego all of a sudden.7. ( zmiana stanu) of; co z nami będzie? what's going to become of us?8. ( nasilenie) with; z całych sił with all one's might; z całego serca with all one's heart, wholeheartedly.9. (wzór, model) from; wyrecytować z pamięci recite from memory.10. ( ograniczenie zakresu) at, by, in; podobny z wyglądu similar-looking; egzamin z angielskiego examination in English; ona jest dobra z biologii she's good at biology; on jest z zawodu leksykografem he's a lexicographer by profession.11. ( tworzy wyrażenia przysłówkowe) z grubsza roughly; z lekka lightly, delicately; z rzadka rarely.13. + Ins. (element, składnik) and, with; chleb z masłem bread and butter; bułka z dżemem bread roll with jam; kawa ze śmietanką/mlekiem coffee with cream/milk; sklep z zabawkami toy store l. shop.15. + Ins. (obiekt podlegający działaniu, stanowi) co z nim? how is he?II.z2, zeadv.pot. (= około) about; z godzinę about an hour.III.Z, zn.( litera) Z, z; Z jak Zygmunt Z is for Zulu; Z as in Zulu.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > ze
-
72 GÖRA
ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.A. To make:I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)B. To do:I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85. -
73 say
1. transitive verb,1) sagenhe said something about going out — er hat etwas von Ausgehen gesagt
what more can I say? — was soll ich da noch [groß] sagen?
it says a lot or much or something for somebody/something that... — es spricht sehr für jemanden/etwas, dass...
have a lot/not much to say for oneself — viel reden/nicht viel von sich geben
to say nothing of — (quite apart from) ganz zu schweigen von; mal ganz abgesehen von
having said that, that said — (nevertheless) abgesehen davon
you can say that again, you said it — (coll.) das kannst du laut sagen (ugs.)
you don't say [so] — (coll.) was du nicht sagst (ugs.)
says you — (coll.) wer's glaubt, wird selig (ugs. scherzh.)
I'll say [it is]! — (coll.): (it certainly is) und wie!
don't let or never let it be said [that]... — niemand soll sagen können, [dass]...
I can't say [that] I like cats/the idea — ich kann nicht gerade sagen od. behaupten, dass ich Katzen mag/die Idee gut finde
[well,] I must say — also, ich muss schon sagen
I should say so/not — ich glaube schon/nicht; (emphatic) bestimmt/bestimmt nicht
there's something to be said on both sides/either side — man kann für beide Seiten/jede Seite Argumente anführen
what do or would you say to somebody/something? — (think about) was hältst du von jemandem/etwas?; was würdest du zu jemandem/etwas sagen?
say nothing to somebody — (fig.) [Musik, Kunst:] jemandem nichts bedeuten
which/that is not saying much or a lot — was nicht viel heißen will/das will nicht viel heißen
2) (recite, repeat, speak words of) sprechen [Gebet, Text]; aufsagen [Einmaleins, Gedicht]the Bible says or it says in the Bible [that]... — in der Bibel heißt es, dass...
a sign saying... — ein Schild mit der Aufschrift...
4) in pass.2. intransitive verb, forms asshe is said to be clever/have done it — man sagt, sie sei klug/habe es getan
1.1) (speak) sagen2) in imper. (Amer.) Mensch!3. noun1) (share in decision)have a or some say — ein Mitspracherecht haben (in bei)
2) (power of decision)the [final] say — das letzte Wort (in bei)
3) (what one has to say)have one's say — seine Meinung sagen; (chance to speak)
get one's or have a say — zu Wort kommen
* * *[sei] 1. 3rd person singular present tense - says; verb1) (to speak or utter: What did you say?; She said `Yes'.) sagen2) (to tell, state or declare: She said how she had enjoyed meeting me; She is said to be very beautiful.) sagen3) (to repeat: The child says her prayers every night.) aufsagen4) (to guess or estimate: I can't say when he'll return.) sagen2. noun(the right or opportunity to state one's opinion: I haven't had my say yet; We have no say in the decision.) das Mitspracherecht- academic.ru/64401/saying">saying- have
- I wouldn't say no to
- let's say
- say
- say the word
- that is to say* * *[seɪ]<said, said>1. (utter)▪ to \say sth etw sagenhow do you \say your name in Japanese? wie spricht man deinen Namen auf Japanisch aus?I'm sorry, what did you \say? Entschuldigung, was hast du gesagt?to \say sth to sb's face jdm etw ins Gesicht sagenwhen all is said and done letzten Endeswhen all is said and done, you can only do your best letzten Endes kann man sich nur bemühen, sein Bestes zu geben2. (state)▪ to \say sth etw sagenwhat did they \say about the house? was haben sie über das Haus gesagt?what did you \say to him? was hast du ihm gesagt?“the department manager is at lunch,” he said apologetically „der Abteilungsleiter ist beim Mittagessen“, meinte er bedauerndanother cup of tea? — I wouldn't \say no ( fam) noch eine Tasse Tee? — da würde ich nicht Nein sagenif Europe fails to agree on this, we can \say goodbye to any common foreign policy ( fam) wenn Europa sich hierauf nicht einigen kann, können wir jegliche gemeinsame Außenpolitik vergessento \say the least um es [einmal] milde auszudrückenhe's rather unreliable to \say the least er ist ziemlich unzuverlässig, und das ist noch schmeichelhaft ausgedrücktto have anything/nothing/something to \say [to sb] [jdm] irgendetwas/nichts/etwas zu sagen habenI've got something to \say to you ich muss Ihnen etwas sagento \say yes/no to sth etw annehmen/ablehnenhaving said that,... abgesehen davon...3. (put into words)▪ to \say sth etw sagenwhat are you \saying, exactly? was willst du eigentlich sagen?that was well said das war gut gesagt; (sl)\say what? echt? famhe talked for nearly an hour, but actually he said very little er redete beinahe eine Stunde lang, aber eigentlich sagte er sehr wenigneedless to \say [that] he disagreed with all the suggestions, as usual natürlich war er, wie immer, mit keinem der Vorschläge einverstandento have a lot/nothing to \say viel/nicht viel redenwhat have you got to \say for yourself? was hast du zu deiner Rechtfertigung zu sagen?\say no more! alles klar!to \say nothing of sth ganz zu schweigen von etw datit would be an enormous amount of work, to \say nothing of the cost es wäre ein enormer Arbeitsaufwand, ganz abgesehen von den Kosten4. (think)it is said [that] he's over 100 er soll über 100 Jahre alt seinshe is a firm leader, too firm, some might \say sie ist eine strenge Führungskraft, zu streng, wie manche vielleicht sagen würden\say what you like, I still can't believe it du kannst sagen, was du willst, aber ich kann es noch immer nicht glaubenshe said to herself, “what a fool I am!” „was bin ich doch für eine Idiotin“, sagte sie zu sich selbst5. (recite aloud)▪ to \say sth etw aufsagento \say a prayer ein Gebet sprechen6. (give information)▪ to \say sth etw sagenthe sign \says... auf dem Schild steht...can you read what that notice \says? kannst du lesen, was auf der Mitteilung steht?it \says on the bottle to take three tablets a day auf der Flasche heißt es, man soll drei Tabletten täglich einnehmenmy watch \says 3 o'clock auf meiner Uhr ist es 3 [Uhr]7. (indicate)to \say something/a lot about sb/sth etwas/eine Menge über jdn/etw aussagenthe way he drives \says a lot about his character sein Fahrstil sagt eine Menge über seinen Charakter austo \say something for sb/sth für jdn/etw sprechenit \says a lot for her determination that she practises her cello so often dass sie so oft Cello übt, zeigt ihre Entschlossenheitthere's little/a lot to be said for sth es spricht wenig/viel für etw akkthere's a lot to be said for living alone es spricht viel dafür, alleine zu leben8. (convey inner/artistic meaning)▪ to \say sth etw ausdrückenthe look on his face said he knew what had happened der Ausdruck auf seinem Gesicht machte deutlich, dass er wusste, was geschehen warthe expression on her face when she saw them said it all ihr Gesichtsausdruck, als sie sie sah, sagte alles▪ to \say sth etw vorschlagenI \say we start looking for a hotel now ich schlage vor, wir suchen uns jetzt ein Hotelwhat do you \say we sell the car? was hältst du davon, wenn wir das Auto verkaufen?10. (tell, command)▪ to \say when/where etc. sagen, wann/wo usw.he said to meet him here er sagte, dass wir ihn hier treffen sollenshe said to call her back when you get home sie sagte, du sollst sie zurückrufen, wenn du wieder zu Hause bistto \say when sagen, wenn es genug ist [o reicht11. (for instance)[let's] \say... sagen wir [mal]...; (assuming) nehmen wir an, angenommentry and finish the work by, let's \say, Friday versuchen Sie die Arbeit bis, sagen wir mal, Freitag fertig zu machen[let's] \say [that] the journey takes three hours, that means you'll arrive at 2 o'clock angenommen die Reise dauert drei Stunden, das heißt, du kommst um 2 Uhr an12.I'll \say amen to that ich bin dafürhe's so shy he couldn't \say boo to a goose er ist so schüchtern, er könnte keiner Fliege etwas zuleide tun▶ before sb could \say Jack Robinson bevor jd bis drei zählen konnte▶ to \say the word Bescheid gebenjust \say the word, and I'll come and help sag nur ein Wort und ich komme zu Hilfe▶ you don't \say [so]! was du nicht sagst!<said, said>1. (state) sagenwhere was he going? — he didn't \say wo wollte er hin? — das hat er nicht gesagtis it possible? — who can \say? ist das möglich? — wer kann das schon sagen?I appreciate the gesture more than I can \say ich kann gar nicht sagen, wie ich die Geste schätzeI can't \say for certain, but... ich kann es nicht mit Sicherheit behaupten, aber...hard to \say schwer zu sagenI can't \say das kann ich nicht sagen [o weiß ich nicht]it's not for sb to \say es ist nicht an jdm, etw zu sagenI think we should delay the introduction, but of course it's not for me to \say ich denke, wir sollten die Einführung hinausschieben, aber es steht mir natürlich nicht zu, das zu entscheidennot to \say... um nicht zu sagen...2. (believe) sagenis Spanish a difficult language to learn? — they \say not ist Spanisch schwer zu lernen? — angeblich nicht3. (to be explicit)... that is to \say...... das heißt...our friends, that is to \say our son's friends, will meet us at the airport unsere Freunde, genauer gesagt, die Freunde unseres Sohnes, werden uns am Flughafen treffenthat is not to \say das soll nicht heißenhe's so gullible, but that is not to \say that he is stupid er ist so leichtgläubig, aber das soll nicht heißen, dass er dumm ist4. LAWhow \say you? wie lautet Ihr Urteil?III. NOUNno pl Meinung fto have one's \say seine Meinung sagencan't you keep quiet for a minute and let me have my \say? könnt ihr mal eine Minute ruhig sein, damit ich auch mal zu Wort kommen kann? famto have a/no \say in sth bei etw dat ein/kein Mitspracherecht habenIV. ADJECTIVE▪ the said... der/die/das erwähnte [o genannte]...V. INTERJECTIONI \say, what a splendid hat you're wearing! Donnerwetter, das ist ja ein toller Hut, den du da trägst! fam2. (to show surprise, doubt etc.)\says you! das glaubst aber auch nur du! fam\says who? wer sagt das?* * *[seɪ] vb: pret, ptp said1. TRANSITIVE/INTRANSITIVE VERB1) sagenyou can say what you like (about it/me) — Sie können (darüber/über mich) sagen, was Sie wollen
I never thought I'd hear him say that — ich hätte nie gedacht, dass er das sagen würde
that's not for him to say — es steht ihm nicht zu, sich darüber zu äußern
he looks very smart, I'll say that for him —
if you see her, say I haven't changed my mind — wenn du sie siehst, sag ihr or richte ihr aus, dass ich es mir nicht anders überlegt habe
I'm not saying it's the best, but... — ich sage or behaupte ja nicht, dass es das Beste ist, aber...
never let it be said that I didn't try — es soll keiner sagen können or mir soll keiner nachsagen, ich hätte es nicht versucht
well, all I can say is... — na ja, da kann ich nur sagen...
it tastes, shall we say, interesting — das schmeckt aber, na, sagen wir mal interessant
you'd better do it – who says? —
well, what can I say? — na ja, was kann man da sagen?
what does it mean? – I wouldn't like to say — was bedeutet das? – das kann ich auch nicht sagen
having said that, I must point out... — ich muss allerdings darauf hinweisen...
so saying, he sat down — und mit den Worten setzte er sich
he didn't have much to say for himself — er sagte or redete nicht viel; (in defence) er konnte nicht viel (zu seiner Verteidigung) sagen
if you don't like it, say so —
do it this way – if you say so — machen Sie es so – wenn Sie meinen
2)he said to wait here — er hat gesagt, ich soll/wir sollen etc hier warten3) = announce meldenwho shall I say? — wen darf ich melden?
say after me... — sprechen Sie mir nach...
5) = pronounce aussprechen6) = indicate newspaper, dictionary, clock, horoscope sagen (inf); (thermometer) anzeigen, sagen (inf); (law, church, Bible, computer) sagenit says in the papers that... — in den Zeitungen steht, dass...
what does the paper/this book/your horoscope etc say? — was steht in der Zeitung/diesem Buch/deinem Horoskop etc?
the rules say that... — in den Regeln heißt es, dass...
what does the weather forecast say? — wie ist or lautet (form) der Wetterbericht?
the weather forecast said that... —
what does your watch say? — wie spät ist es auf Ihrer Uhr?, was sagt Ihre Uhr? (inf)
they weren't allowed to say anything about it in the papers — sie durften in den Zeitungen nichts darüber schreiben
7) = tell sagenit's hard to say what's wrong what does that say about his intentions/the main character? — es ist schwer zu sagen, was nicht stimmt was sagt das über seine Absichten/die Hauptperson aus?
that says a lot about his character/state of mind — das lässt tief auf seinen Charakter/Gemütszustand schließen
these figures say a lot about recent trends — diese Zahlen sind in Bezug auf neuere Tendenzen sehr aufschlussreich
that doesn't say much for him —
there's no saying what might happen — was (dann) passiert, das kann keiner vorhersagen
there's something/a lot to be said for being based in London — es spricht einiges/viel für ein Zuhause or (for a firm) für einen Sitz in London
8)= suppose
say it takes three men to... — angenommen, man braucht drei Leute, um zu...if it happens on, say, Wednesday? — wenn es am, sagen wir mal Mittwoch, passiert?
9)what would you say to a whisky/game of tennis? — wie wärs mit einem Whisky/mit einer Partie Tennis?shall we say Tuesday/£50? —
I'll offer £500, what do you say to that? —
what do you say we go now? (inf) — wie wärs or was hieltest du davon, wenn wir jetzt gingen?, was meinst du, sollen wir jetzt gehen?
let's try again, what d'you say? (inf) — was meinste, versuchen wirs noch mal? (inf)
he never says no to a drink — er schlägt einen Drink nie aus, er sagt nie Nein or nein zu einem Drink
10)well, I must say! —I say! (dated) (to attract attention) I say, thanks awfully, old man! (dated) — na so was! hallo! na dann vielen Dank, altes Haus! (dated)
say, what a great idea! (esp US) — Mensch, tolle Idee! (inf)
say, buddy! (esp US) — he, Mann! (inf)
you don't say! (also iro) — nein wirklich?, was du nicht sagst!
says you! (inf) — das meinst auch nur du! (inf)
11)no sooner said than done — gesagt, getan
they say..., it is said... — es heißt...
he is said to be very rich — er soll sehr reich sein, es heißt, er sei sehr reich
a building said to have been built by... — ein Gebäude, das angeblich von... gebaut wurde or das von... gebaut worden sein soll
it goes without saying that... —
that is to say — das heißt; (correcting also) beziehungsweise
that's not to say that... — das soll nicht heißen, dass...
the plan sounded vague, not to say impractical — der Plan klang vage, um nicht zu sagen unpraktisch
to say nothing of the noise/costs etc — von dem Lärm/den Kosten etc ganz zu schweigen or mal ganz abgesehen
to say nothing of being... — davon, dass ich/er etc... ganz zu schweigen or mal ganz abgesehen
2. NOUN1)= opportunity to speak
let him have his say — lass ihn mal reden or seine Meinung äußerneveryone should be allowed to have his say —
2) = right to decide etc Mitspracherecht nt (in bei)to have no/a say in sth —
I want more say in determining... — ich möchte mehr Mitspracherecht bei der Entscheidung... haben
to have the last or final say (in sth) — (etw) letztlich entscheiden; (person also) das letzte Wort (bei etw) haben
* * *say1 [seı]A v/t prät und pperf said [sed], 2. sg präs obs oder BIBEL say(e)st [ˈseı(ə)st], 3. sg präs says [sez], obs oder poet saith [seθ]1. sagen, sprechen:say yes to sth Ja zu etwas sagen;they have little to say to each other sie haben sich wenig zu sagen; → goodby(e) A, jack1 A 1, knife A 12. sagen, äußern, vorbringen, berichten:a) er ist sehr zurückhaltend,b) pej mit ihm ist nicht viel los;have you nothing to say for yourself? hast du nichts zu deiner Rechtfertigung zu sagen?;is that all you’ve got to say? ist das alles, was du zu sagen hast?;the Bible says die Bibel sagt, in der Bibel heißt es oder steht;people ( oder they) say he is ill, he is said to be ill man sagt oder es heißt, er sei krank; er soll krank sein;what do you say to …? was hältst du von …?, wie wäre es mit …?;it says es lautet (Schreiben etc);it says here hier heißt es, hier steht (geschrieben);my watch says 4:30 auf meiner Uhr ist es halb fünf;what does your watch say? wie spät ist es auf deiner Uhr?;you can say that again! das kannst du laut sagen!;3. sagen, behaupten, versprechen:5. (be)sagen, bedeuten:that is to say das heißt;$500, say, five hundred dollars 500$, in Worten: fünfhundert Dollar;(and) that’s saying sth (u.) das will was heißen;that says it all das sagt alles6. umg annehmen:a sum of, say, $500 eine Summe von sagen wir (mal) 500 Dollar;a country, say India ein Land wie (z. B.) Indien;I should say ich würde sagen, ich dächte (schon)B v/i1. sagen, meinen:it is hard to say es ist schwer zu sagen;if you say so wenn du das sagst;you may well say so das kann man wohl sagen;you don’t say (so)! was du nicht sagst!;say, haven’t I …? bes US umg sag mal, hab ich nicht …?;I can’t say das kann ich nicht sagen;says he? umg sagt er?;says who? umg wer sagt das?;says you! sl das sagst du!, denkste!2. I saya) hör(en Sie) mal!, sag(en Sie) mal!,b) (erstaunt od beifällig) Donnerwetter! umg, ich muss schon sagen!C s1. Ausspruch m, Behauptung f:have one’s say seine Meinung äußern (to, on über akk oder zu)2. Mitspracherecht n:have a (no) say in sth etwas (nichts) zu sagen haben bei etwas;let him have his say lass(t) ihn (doch auch mal) reden!who has the say in this matter? wer hat in dieser Sache zu entscheiden oder das letzte Wort (zu sprechen)?say2 [seı] s ein feiner Wollstoff* * *1. transitive verb,1) sagensay something out loud — etwas aussprechen od. laut sagen
what more can I say? — was soll ich da noch [groß] sagen?
it says a lot or much or something for somebody/something that... — es spricht sehr für jemanden/etwas, dass...
have a lot/not much to say for oneself — viel reden/nicht viel von sich geben
to say nothing of — (quite apart from) ganz zu schweigen von; mal ganz abgesehen von
having said that, that said — (nevertheless) abgesehen davon
you can say that again, you said it — (coll.) das kannst du laut sagen (ugs.)
you don't say [so] — (coll.) was du nicht sagst (ugs.)
says you — (coll.) wer's glaubt, wird selig (ugs. scherzh.)
I'll say [it is]! — (coll.): (it certainly is) und wie!
don't let or never let it be said [that]... — niemand soll sagen können, [dass]...
I can't say [that] I like cats/the idea — ich kann nicht gerade sagen od. behaupten, dass ich Katzen mag/die Idee gut finde
[well,] I must say — also, ich muss schon sagen
I should say so/not — ich glaube schon/nicht; (emphatic) bestimmt/bestimmt nicht
there's something to be said on both sides/either side — man kann für beide Seiten/jede Seite Argumente anführen
what do or would you say to somebody/something? — (think about) was hältst du von jemandem/etwas?; was würdest du zu jemandem/etwas sagen?
what I'm trying to say is this — was ich sagen will, ist folgendes
say nothing to somebody — (fig.) [Musik, Kunst:] jemandem nichts bedeuten
which/that is not saying much or a lot — was nicht viel heißen will/das will nicht viel heißen
2) (recite, repeat, speak words of) sprechen [Gebet, Text]; aufsagen [Einmaleins, Gedicht]3) (have specified wording or reading) sagen; [Zeitung:] schreiben; [Uhr:] zeigen [Uhrzeit]the Bible says or it says in the Bible [that]... — in der Bibel heißt es, dass...
a sign saying... — ein Schild mit der Aufschrift...
4) in pass.2. intransitive verb, forms asshe is said to be clever/have done it — man sagt, sie sei klug/habe es getan
1.1) (speak) sagenI say! — (Brit.) (seeking attention) Entschuldigung!; (admiring) Donnerwetter!
2) in imper. (Amer.) Mensch!3. nounhave a or some say — ein Mitspracherecht haben (in bei)
the [final] say — das letzte Wort (in bei)
have one's say — seine Meinung sagen; (chance to speak)
get one's or have a say — zu Wort kommen
* * *v.(§ p.,p.p.: said)= sagen v. -
74 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
75 come (came)
§ მოსვლა, ჩამოსვლა; come accross - შეხვედრა, წაწყდომა; come along! - წავიდეთ! come back - დაბრუნდი; come down -ჩამოსვლა, დაშვება; come in - შემოსვლა; come up to - მისვლა, მიახლოვება§1 (came, come) მოსვლა (მოვა), ჩამოსვლაI’ve come to believe that... იმ რწმენამდე მივედი, რომ…success usually comes from hard work წარმატება, ჩვეულებრივ, ბეჯითი შრომის შედეგია2 წარმოშობა, შთამომავლობა, სადაურობაshe comes from a good family კარგი ოჯახიშვილია / გვარიშვილია3 წვდომა (სწვდება), მიღწევა (აღწევს)his income comes to $60.000 a year მისი წლიური შემოსავალი 60 ათას დოლარს აღწევსhe will never come to much დიდ რამეს / ბევრს ვერასოდეს მიაღწევსthe house came to him on his father's death მამის გარდაცვალების შემდეგ სახლი მემკვიდრეობით მის მფლობელობაში გადავიდაthe car came to a halt / a standstill მანქანა გაჩერდაif it comes to that... საქმე თუ იქამდე მივიდა…4 მოხდენა (მოხდება)how did it come that...? როგორ მოხდა, რომ…?how come it?! ეს რანაირად / როგორ / საიდან?!it came to light that… გამოაშკარავდა, რომ…5 მემკვიდრეობით მიღება (მიიღებს) / გადსვლა (გადავა)it comes easy to him ადვილად გამოსდის // ეადვილებაhe comes of the nobility / the working class კეთილშობილური წარმომავლობისაა // მუშათა კლასიდანააyou’ll come off the loser წაგებული დარჩებიwe’d like you to come კარგი იქნებოდა, რომ მოსულიყავიthe time has come for her to lie in დროა, მოილოგინოს●●it is very kind of you to have come ძალიან დამავალეთ, რომ მობრძანდითhe promised to come დამპირდა, მოვალოI pleaded with her to come შევეხვეწე, რომ მოსულიყოI’ll gladly come, only later სიხარულით გეწვევით, მაგრამ უფრო მოგვიანებითI’ll come round at six ექვსზე შემოგივლი●●to come to rest გაჩერება (გაჩერდება)oh, come now! კარგი ერთი!we’ll come, if only he comes with us მხოლოდ მაშინ მოვალთ, თუ ის წამოგვყვაif it comes to a showdown I… ყველაფრის თქმამდე თუ მივიდა საქმე, მე...●●to come to one’s mind თავში აზრის მოსვლაI can’t make her come მოსვლას ვერ დავაძალებdon’t trouble to come მოსვლაზე ნუ შეწუხდები!he didn’t expect her to come მის მოსვლას არ მოელოდა // არ ეგონა, რომ მოვიდოდაhe always says the first thing that comes into his head რაც თავში მოუვა, იმას ამბობსif it comes to that, I’ll… საქმე საქმეზე თუ მიდგა, მე...thoughts of her coming wedding were uppermost in her mind უმთავრესად თავის მომავალ ქორწინზე ფიქრობდაshe is unlike to come არა მგონია, რომ მოვიდესhow come you’re here? როგორ მოხდა, რომ აქა ხარ? // აქ როგორ მოხვდი?I’ll have him come ვაიძულებ, რომ მოვიდეს / მოვიყვანhe will hardly come საეჭვოა, რომ მოვიდესtake the rifle, it may come in handy თოფი წაიღე, შეიძლება დაგჭირდესif the worst comes to the worst… საქმე თუ მთლად ცუდად წავიდა...there’s worse to come ეს კიდევ არაფერი, მთლად უარესი იქნებაwe wired him to come დეპეშა გავუგზავნეთ, რომ ჩამოსულიყოI said I would come and I will ვთქვი, რომ მოვალ და მოვალ კიდეც;come when you will; როცა გინდა, მოდიhe will come მოვა;come whenever you wish როდესაც გინდა, მოდიand what if he doesn’t come? და რომ არ მოვიდეს?Will he come? - ‘I expect so’ "მოვა?" - "ასე მგონია."the coming of the boss quickened the work უფროსის მოსვლამ მუშაობა გამოაცოცხლაI figured on your coming შენი მოსვლის იმედი მქონდა // შენს მოსვლას ვვარაუდობდიcome in directly! დაუყოვნებლივ / მყისვე შემოდი!you needn’t ask him to come, he’ll come as a matter of course მისი დაძახება არ არის საჭირო, ისედაც მოვაit was gracious of you to come! რა პატივი დაგვდე, რომ მოხვედი!I’ve come a good way კარგა დიდი გზა გამოვიარეI’ll come without fail უსათუოდ მოვალcome to think of it, it’s possible კარგად რომ დავფიქრდეთ, ეს შესაძლებელიაoh come, he is not that stupid! კაი, კაი! არც ისეთი უჭკუოა!come! let’s begin! აბა, დავიწყოთ!I’ll come and collect the book წიგნის წამოსაღებად შემოვივლიwe’ll come and fetch you შემოგივლით და წაგიყვანთI could not come მოსვლა ვერ შევძელი // ვერ მოვედიto come into / go out of fashion მოდაში შემოსვლა / მოდიდან გადავარდნაI’ll come by five ხუთი საათისთვის მოვალhe wanted to come but he couldn’t მოსვლა უნდოდა, მაგრამ ვერ შეძლოto come into bloom აყვავება // ყვავილის გაშლა / გამოღებაI’ll come between 1 and 2 o’clock პირველიდან ორ საათამდე მოვალ‘Will they come?’ – ‘I believe so’/’I believe not’ "მოვლენ?" - "ასე მგონია" / "არა მგონია"to come into being აღმოცენება (აღმოცენდება), წარმოშობა, შექმნაI`ll come right away ახლავე მოვალask him to come სთხოვე, მოვიდესif anybody comes, don`t open the door ვინმე თუ მოვიდა, კარს ნუ გაუღებa glass of wine wouldn`t come amiss ერთი ჭიქა ღვინო არ გვაწყენდაI`ll come along with you თან წამოგყვებიif it`s all right with you, I’ll come early თუ წინააღმდეგი არა ხარ, ადრე მოვალto come to smb's aid ვინმესთვის დახმარების აღმოჩენა / გაწევაhe came in advance of the others სხვებზე წინ / ადრე მოვიდაthey came at my call ჩემს დაძახებაზე / გამოძახებაზე მოვიდნენat last they came to a closure როგორც იქნა დაასრულეს კამათი და შეთანხმდნენthe plane came in sight / view თვითმფრინავი გამოჩნდაI came to realize, that... თანდათანობით მივხვდი, რომ…his resignation came as a surprise მისი გადადგომა ყველასათვის მოულოდნელი იყოhe came to the conclusion that... იმ დასკვნამდე მივიდა, რომ…he came before / after dark შეღამებისას / დაბინდებისას მოვიდა // დაბნელების შემდეგ მოვიდაthe fire brigade came in full force სახანძრო რაზმი სრული შემადგენლობით მოვიდაhe came in quietly უხმაუროდ / ჩუმად შემოვიდაit's just as well I came with you კარგია, რომ შენ გამოგყევიwhen woman came in, he got up როდესაც ქალი შემოვიდა, ფეხზე ადგა;he came while I was out მოვიდა, როდესაც გასული ვიყავი.it would be about five when she came როცა მოვიდა, ხუთი საათი იქნებოდაshe came to herself გონს მოეგო / მოვიდაmany came to the funeral service to do the dead man homage გარდაცვლილის პატივსაცემად პანაშვიდზე ბევრნი მოვიდნენ●●the rain came down with a vengeance წვიმამ კოკისპირულად დასცხო●●they came to terms შეთანხმებას მიაღწიესhe came sooner than we expected უფრო ადრე მოვიდა, ვიდრე მოველოდითhe came on / lost the tracks of his enemy თავისი მტრის კვალს მიაგნო / კვალი დაჰკარგაpeople came trooping out of the theater ხალხი თეატრიდან გამოვიდა / გამოეფინა●●his dreams came true ოცნება აუსრულდაwhat a mercy he came! მადლობა ღმერთს, რომ მოვიდა!I came the moment I knew როგორც კი გავიგე, მაშინვე მოვედიhe came by sea ზღვით / გემით ჩამოვიდაI came to that conclusion independently ამ დასკვნამდე დამოუკიდებლად მივედიthe news came that… ცნობა მოვიდა, რომ...his plan came to nothing გეგმა ჩაუვარდა / ჩაეფუშაthe news came that… ცნობა მოვიდა, რომ...his plan came to nothing გეგმა ჩაუვარდა / ჩაეფუშაthe answer came pat პასუხი სწრაფად / დროულად მოვიდაshe came out in pimples სახეზე მუწუკები გაუჩნდა / გამოაყარაwhen it came to the point, he couldn't face it საქმე საქმეზე რომ მიდგა, უკან დაიხიაit came to my knowledge that… ჩემ ყურამდე მოვიდა, რომ... -
76 wish
1. I1) let's wish! давайте задумаем /загадаем/ желание!; it is no good wishing бессмысленно просто мечтать; doing is better than wishing лучше действовать, чем [просто] мечтать;2) if /as/ you wish как хотите, как вам угодно; I will do what you wish я сделаю так, как вы хотите /желаете/; you may have whichever you wish возьмите тот [кусок и т.п.] или ту [книгу и т.п.], который или которая вам нравится2. IIIwish smth. wish peace (help, money, an interview, etc.) хотеть мира и т.д., стремиться к миру и т.д.; what do you wish? что вы хотите?, что вам угодно?3. IVwish smth. in хате manner wish smth. desperately (earnestly, heartily, ardently, passionately, vainly, personally, vaguely, particularly, shamelessly, immediately, etc.) отчаянно и т.д. желать чего-л.; wish smb. somewhere wish smb. away (here, there, miles away, anywhere but where one is, etc.) желать, чтобы кого-л. здесь не было и т.д.4. Vwish smb. smth. wish him success (smb. a happy life, her every happiness, you a pleasant journey, all men health, him every joy, us a good passage, etc.) пожелать ему успеха и т.д.; I don't wish you any harm я не желаю вам зла; wish smb. goodbye попрощаться с кем-л.; wish smb. good night пожелать кому-л. спокойной /доброй/ ночи;smb. good morning пожелать кому-л. доброго утра, сказать кому-л. "с добрым утром"; wish smb. a happy New Year (a merry Christmas) поздравить кого-л. с Новым годом (с рождеством); I wish you many happy returns of the day поздравляю вас с днем рождения и желаю долгих лет жизни5. VIwish smb., smth. in some state wish oneself dead хотеть умереть, желать себе смерти; wish smb., smth. well (ill) желать кому-л., чему-л. добра (зла); he never ceases to wish me well он всегда доброжелательно относится ко мне: I could not wish it better лучшего и желать нельзя6. VIIwish smb. to do smth. wish him to come (you to finish the work by twelve o'clock, him to lend you his camera, him to give up fencing, you to come back early, her to be polite with everybody, etc.) хотеть /желать/, чтобы он пришел и т.д.; father wishes me to take drawing lessons отец хочет, чтобы я учился рисовать /брал уроки рисования/; I don't wish you to cultivate this man's acquaintance мне не хотелось бы, чтобы вы поддерживали знакомство с этим человеком; do you really wish me to go? вам действительно хочется, чтобы я ушел?7. IXwish smth. done wish it finished (the problem settled, the experiment concluded, etc.) хотеть, чтобы это было закончено и т.д.; I don't wish anything said about it мне бы не хотелось, чтобы об этом говорили8. XIIIwish to do smth. wish to say smth. (to add smth., to make a few remarks, to see you, to buy it, to rent a room, to stay, to go, to travel, etc.) хотеть /иметь желание/ сказать что-л. и т.д.; I don't wish to meet this man again у меня нет желания снова встретиться с этим человеком; he wished to be alone ему хотелось остаться /побыть/ одному; he wished to be thought learned ему хотелось, чтобы о нем думали-как об образованном человеке; much as I wish to go there... как бы мне ни хотелось пойти туда...; she wishes to see the house она желает осмотреть дом9. XVIwish for smth. wish for peace (for happiness, for a great success, for more appreciation, for assistance, for better times, for a day's leisure, for smth. better, etc.) желать мира и т.д., мечтать о мире и т.д.; she wished for a new house она мечтала о новом доме; wish for more than one has желать больше, чем имеешь; what do you wish for most? чего бы вам больше всего хотелось?; what more can you wish for? что еще вам нужно?, чего еще вам не хватает?; I would not wish for anything better ни о чем лучшем я и мечтать не могу; she has everything a woman can wish for у нее есть все, чего может желать женщина; the weather was everything they could wish for лучшей погоды и желать было нельзя, погода как на заказ; how I wish for an opportunity to go there! если бы только у меня была возможность туда поехать!; how he wished for a glass of cold water ему так хотелось выпить стакан холодной воды10. XXI11) wish smth. to (on) smb. wish success to him (happiness to all one's friends, good luck to the travellers, etc.) пожелать ему успеха и т.д.; I wouldn't wish that awful job on my worst enemy такую ужасную работу я своему злейшему врагу не пожелаю2) wish smth. on smb. let's wish this job on somebody else давайте свалим эту работу на кого-л. другого; who wished this on me? кто мне это навязал?; wish smb. in some place I wished myself on a desert island я хотел очутиться на необитаемом острове3) || wish smth. at an end мечтать об окончании чего-л.; wish the voyage at an end мечтать, чтобы путешествие окончилось11. XXVwish [that]1) usually followed by subjunctive; the connective that usually omitted I wish I were there (I were rich, the work were finished, it were already done, I were in your place, I had more energy, he were more attentive, etc.) как бы мне хотелось быть там и т.д., если бы мне быть там и т.д., ах, если бы я был там и т.д.; I wish I knew если б я только знал; I wish I were dead мне жить не хочется; she wished [that] it were morning ей хотелось, чтоб уже настало /наступило/ утро; I wish I had seen it (I had stayed at home, I had come earlier, I had spoken to him, etc.) как жаль, что я этого не видел и т.д.; I wish I hadn't left so early жаль, что я так рано ушел; I wish I had never seen her лучше бы мне ее никогда не видеть; I wish you may live to see it желаю вам дожить и увидеть это [своими глазами]; I wish I could stay a little longer мне бы хотелось здесь остаться подольше; I wish you wouldn't make so much noise не шумите, пожалуйста: нельзя ли потише?2) I wish you would be quiet (you would be more polite, etc.) нельзя ли не шуметь? и т.д.; I wish you would shut the door when you go out закройте /захлопните/, пожалуйста, дверь, когда выйдете -
77 have
I [hæv] ( полная форма); [həv], [əv], [v] ( редуцированные формы) 1. гл.; прош. вр., прич. прош. вр. had; 3 л. ед. настоящего времени has1)а) иметь, обладать (обычно переводится конструкцией "у кого-л. есть что-л.")I have everything I want. — У меня есть всё, что я хочу.
I have no money on me. — У меня нет при себе денег.
б) иметь в своем составе, включать, содержатьThe car has power brakes. — У этого автомобиля мощные тормоза.
April has 30 days. — В апреле 30 дней.
в) обладать способностью к чему-л., знать, понимать ( о языках)He has only a little French. — Он знает французский очень плохо.
We don't have time to stay. — У нас нет времени оставаться.
•Syn:2) получать; приобретать; добыватьWe have a famous lecturer for this seminar. — Семинар у нас будет вести известный лектор.
I must have that dress in the window. — Я просто должна приобрести то платье в витрине.
Syn:3) (have + сущ.)б) означает единичный акт или кратковременное действие, соответствующее значению существительногоto have a bath (a wash) — принять ванну, помыться
to have a word — перекинуться парой слов, поговорить
в) проявлять, испытывать ( чувства)г) родить, приносить потомство, иметь детейThe cat had six kittens. — Кошка родила шестерых котят.
She is going to have a baby. — Она беременна.
4) испытывать что-л., подвергаться чему-л.She had a sudden heart attack. — У неё внезапно случился сердечный приступ.
I have a cold. — Я простужен.
Syn:5) разг. поставить в невыгодное, проигрышное положение; обмануть, провести, надутьWe have him now. — Теперь он наш.
He realized that he'd been had. — Он понял, что его надули.
Syn:6) терпеть, разрешать, позволять, допускать, мириться с чем-л. ( с отрицанием)We'll have no more of that. — Мы этого больше не потерпим.
Syn:7) подкупать, "покупать"He can be had for a price — Его можно подкупить за определённую сумму.
Syn:8) разг.; = to have it off обладать женщиной, совершать половой актWhy, she's neither fish nor flesh; a man knows not where to have her. (W. Shakespeare, King Henry IV) — Потому, что она ни рыба ни мясо, и мужчина даже не знает, с какой стороны к ней подступиться. (пер. Е. Бируковой)
9) провожать, сопровождать10) (have smb. / smth. + прич. наст. вр.) конструкция, подчёркивающая опосредованную принадлежность субъектуHe has a table in his room standing. — У него в комнате стоит стол.
I had her on the carpet twisting. — Она у меня на ковре танцевала твист.
11)а) (have smb. + инф.) заставить (кого-л. сделать что-л.)Have him return it at once. — Заставь его вернуть это немедленно.
Have him come here at five. — Пригласи его прийти в пять часов.
What would you have me do? — Что вы хотите, чтобы я сделал?
Syn:б) (have smth. + прич. прош. вр.) получить результат какого-л. действия (над собой, своим имуществом; как следствие собственных усилий или деятельности других лиц)He had his watch repaired. — Ему починили часы.
He had his pocket picked. — Его обокрали.
12) (have to + инф.) быть должным, обязанным, вынужденным что-л. делатьSorry, I've got to go now. — Извините, я должен идти.
13) ( have it that)а) утверждать, полагатьб) говорить, заявлять, выражать мнениеThey had it that he was guilty. — Они утверждали, что он виновен.
•- have it away
- have back
- have down
- have in
- have off
- have on
- have out
- have over
- have upGram:[ref dict="LingvoGrammar (En-Ru)"]have / have got[/ref][ref dict="LingvoGrammar (En-Ru)"]must, have to, have got to[/ref]••You had better go home. — Вам бы лучше пойти домой.
Have no doubt. — Можете не сомневаться.
to have smb. / smth. on board — иметь кого-л. / что-л. на борту
to have smb. on the phone — говорить с кем-л. по телефону; дозвониться до кого-л.
to have eyes only for smb. — смотреть только на кого-л., не видеть никого, кроме кого-л.
to have a question out with smb. — выяснить вопрос с кем-л.
Let him have it. — Дай ему взбучку.; Задай ему перцу.
He has had it. — Он безнадёжно отстал.; Он пропал.
Will you have the goodness to do it? — Будьте настолько добры, сделайте это.
Have a nice day — До свидания!; Всего доброго!
- have by the leg- have nothing on smb.
- have it
- have it all
- have the upper hand
- have it in for one 2. сущ.; разг.1)а) человек с достатком, обеспеченный человекб) ( haves) богатые, обеспеченные (о людях, классах, странах)2) мошенничество, надувательство, обманII [hæv] ( полная форма); [həv], [əv], [v] ( редуцированные формы) гл.; прош. вр., прич. прош. вр. had; 3 л. ед. настоящего времени hasвспомогательный глагол; употребляется для образования форм перфектаI was sure I hadn't met him before. — Я был уверен, что не встречал его раньше.
Having been there before, I knew what to expect. — Побывав здесь раньше, я знал, чего ожидать.
-
78 as
æz
1. conjunction1) (when; while: I met John as I was coming home; We'll be able to talk as we go.) cuando; mientras2) (because: As I am leaving tomorrow, I've bought you a present.) como3) (in the same way that: If you are not sure how to behave, do as I do.) como, igual que4) (used to introduce a statement of what the speaker knows or believes to be the case: As you know, I'll be leaving tomorrow.) como5) (though: Old as I am, I can still fight; Much as I want to, I cannot go.) aunque; por mucho que + verbo en subjuntivo6) (used to refer to something which has already been stated and apply it to another person: Tom is English, as are Dick and Harry.) al igual que
2. adverb(used in comparisons, eg the first as in the following example: The bread was as hard as a brick.) tan
3. preposition1) (used in comparisons, eg the second as in the following example: The bread was as hard as a brick.) como2) (like: He was dressed as a woman.) como3) (with certain verbs eg regard, treat, describe, accept: I am regarded by some people as a bit of a fool; He treats the children as adults.) como4) (in the position of: He is greatly respected both as a person and as a politician.) como, en tanto que•- as for- as if / as though
- as to
as1 adv tan / tantoas2 conj1. mientras / cuando2. como / ya queas she wasn't there, I left a message como no estaba, le dejé un mensaje3. comoLiam, as you know, is a singer Liam, como ya sabéis, es cantanteas3 prep como / de
as sustantivo masculino ace
as sustantivo masculino ace Locuciones: as en la manga, ace up one's sleeve 'as' also found in these entries: Spanish: abandonar - abismo - acabada - acabado - acreditar - actuar - además - adjetivar - alguna - alguno - amabilidad - amable - amarrar - ambas - ambicionar - ambos - amén - andanzas - antes - antojo - apadrinar - apellidarse - apenas - aquel - aquél - aquella - aquélla - arreglarse - arte - artífice - asesorar - así - asimismo - atar - aviar - bailar - balsa - bendita - bendito - bien - bloque - bondad - brevedad - broma - buenamente - burra - burro - cachondeo - cada - calcada English: above - acclaim - accomplished - accused - ace - acknowledge - act - action - address - advance - against - ago - aim - all - along - aloud - apprentice - arson - as - asap - assistant - bat - bell - black - bonus - both - by - by-product - capacity - cast - chalk - change - check off - cheer - class - clear - click - cluster - come on - compare - concern - construe - crop up - crow - dammit - date - dead - deaf - decision - decoyastr[æz, ʊnstressed əz]1 como■ as he painted, he whistled mientras pintaba, silbaba■ as I shut the door I realized I'd left the keys inside al cerrar la puerta me di cuenta de que había dejado las llaves dentro2 (because) ya que, como3 (although) aunque■ tall as he was, he still couldn't reach the shelf aunque era alto no podía alcanzar el estante4 (showing manner) como■ as I was saying,... como decía,...■ do as you are told! ¡haz lo que te dicen!■ as you all know,... como ya sabéis todos,...5 (and so too) como, igual que■ she's colour-blind, as is her mother es daltónica, igual que su madre\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLas against frente a, en comparación conas far as hastaas far as I know que yo sepaas far as I'm concerned por lo que a mí respectaas for en cuanto aas if como sias it is tal como están las cosasas it were por así decirloas long as mientrasas of desdeas often as not las más de las vecesas soon as tan pronto comoas though como sias well as además deas yet hasta ahora, de momentoas ['æz] adv1) : tan, tantothis one's not as difficult: éste no es tan difícil2) : comosome trees, as oak and pine: algunos árboles, como el roble y el pinoas conj1) like: como, igual que2) when, while: cuando, mientras, a la vez que3) because: porque4) though: aunque, por más questrange as it may appear: por extraño que parezca5)as is : tal como estáas prep1) : deI met her as a child: la conocí de pequeña2) like: comobehave as a man: compórtate como un hombreas pron: quein the same building as my brother: en el mismo edificio que mi hermanoasadv.• a medida que adv.• como adv.• cual adv.• cuan adv.• tan adv.• ya que adv.conj.• conforme conj.• que conj.• según conj.prep.• por prep.pron.• cual pron.• que pron.
I æz, weak form əz1)a) (when, while) cuandoas she was eating breakfast... — cuando or mientras tomaba el desayuno...
as you go toward the bank, it's the first house on the left — yendo hacia el banco, es la primera casa a mano izquierda
b) ( indicating progression) a medida queas (and when) we need them — a medida que or según los vamos necesitando
2) (because, since) comoas it was getting late, we decided to leave — como se hacía tarde, decidimos irnos
3) ( though)try as he might, he could not open it — por más que trató, no pudo abrirlo
much as I agree with you... — aun estando de acuerdo contigo como estoy...
4)a) (expressing comparison, contrast) igual que, comoin the 1980s, as in the 30s — en la década de los 80, al igual que en la de los 30
b) ( in generalizations) comoit's quite reasonable, as restaurants go — para como están los restaurantes, es bastante razonable
c) ( in accordance with) comothe situation, as we understand it, is... — la situación, tal como nosotros la entendemos, es...
5)a) ( in the way that) comodo as you wish — haz lo que quieras or lo que te parezca
she arrived the next day, as planned/expected — llegó al día siguiente como se había planeado/como se esperaba
use form A or B as appropriate — use el formulario A o B, según corresponda
b) ( defining)it would be the end of civilization as we know it — significaría el fin de la civilización tal y como la conocemos
I'm only interested in the changes as they affect me — sólo me interesan los cambios en la medida en que me afectan a mí
Sri Lanka, or Ceylon, as it used to be known — Sri Lanka, o Ceilán, como se llamaba antes
c) (in phrases)as it is: we can't publish it as it is no podemos publicarlo tal y como está, no podemos publicarlo así como está; we've got too much work as it is ya tenemos demasiado trabajo; as it were por así decirlo; as was: our new president, our secretary as was — el nuevo presidente, ex secretario de nuestra organización
as... as — tan... como
she ran as fast as she could — corrió tan rápido como pudo or lo más deprisa que pudo
7)as if/as though — como si (+ subj)
he acts as if o as though he didn't care — se comporta como si no le importara
he looks as if o as though he's had enough — tiene cara de estar harto
II
1) ( equally)I have lots of stamps, but he has just as many/twice as many — yo tengo muchos sellos, pero él tiene tantos como yo/el doble (que yo)
2)as... as: these animals grow to as much as 12ft long estos animales llegan a medir 12 pies de largo; as recently as 1976 aún en 1976; as many as 400 people hasta 400 personas; as long ago as 1960 — ya en 1960
III
1)a) (in the condition, role of)as a child she adored dancing — de pequeña or cuando era pequeña le encantaba bailar
as a teacher... — como maestro...
b) ( like) como2) (in phrases)as for — en cuanto a, respecto a
and as for you... — y en cuanto a ti..., y en lo que a ti respecta...
as of o (BrE) as from — desde, a partir de
[æz, ǝz] For set combinations in which as is not the first word, eg such... as, the same... as, dressed as, acknowledge as, look up the other word.as to — en cuanto a, respecto a
1. CONJUNCTIONYou can usually use cuando when the as clause simply tells you when an event happened: cuando Alternatively, use [al] + infinitive:he tripped as he was coming out of the bank — tropezó al salir or cuando salía del banco
Translate as using mientras for longer actions which are happening at the same time: (=while) mientrasas the car drew level with us, I realized Isabel was driving — al llegar el coche a nuestra altura or cuando el coche llegó a nuestra altura, me di cuenta de que lo conducía Isabel
In the context of two closely linked actions involving parallel development, translate [as] using [a medida que] or [conforme]. Alternatively, use [según va] {etc} + gerund:as we walked, we talked about the future — mientras caminábamos, hablábamos del futuro
as one gets older, life gets more and more difficult — a medida que se envejece or conforme se envejece or según va uno envejeciendo, la vida se hace cada vez más difícil
When as means "since" or "because", you can generally use como, provided you put it at the beginning of the sentence. Alternatively, use the more formal puesto que either at the beginning of the sentence or between the clauses or ya que especially between the clauses. como; more frm puesto que, ya queas he got older he got deafer — a medida que or conforme envejeció se fue volviendo más sordo, según fue envejeciendo se fue volviendo más sordo
as you're here, I'll tell you — como estás aquí or puesto que estás aquí, te lo diré
he didn't mention it as he didn't want to worry you — como no quería preocuparte, no lo mencionó, no lo mencionó puesto que no quería preocuparte
he couldn't come as he had an appointment — no pudo asistir porque or puesto que or ya que tenía un compromiso
patient as she is, she'll probably put up with it — con lo paciente que es, seguramente lo soportará
3) (describing way, manner) comoknowing him as I do, I'm sure he'll refuse — conociéndolo como lo conozco, estoy seguro de que no aceptará
the village, situated as it is near a motorway,... — el pueblo, situado como está cerca de una autopista,...
as I've said before... — como he dicho antes...
as I was saying... — como iba diciendo...
she is very gifted, as is her brother — tiene mucho talento, al igual que su hermano
•
you'll have it by noon as agreed — lo tendrá antes del mediodía, tal como acordamos•
it's not bad, as hotels go — no está mal, en comparación con otros hoteles•
as in all good detective stories — como en toda buena novela policíaca•
Arsenal are playing as never before! — ¡Arsenal está jugando mejor que nunca!•
as often happens — como suele ocurrir•
he performed brilliantly, as only he can — actuó de maravilla, como solo él sabe hacerlo•
as you were! — (Mil) ¡descansen!4) (=though) aunquetired as he was, he went to the party — aunque estaba cansado, asistió a la fiesta
interesting as the book is, I don't think it will sell very well — el libro es interesante, pero aún así no creo que se venda bien, aunque el libro es interesante, no creo que se venda bien
try as she would or might, she couldn't lift it — por más que se esforzó no pudo levantarlo
as if {or}3} as though como siunlikely as it may seem... — por imposible que parezca...
it was as if or as though he were still alive — era como si estuviera todavía vivo
he looked as if or as though he was ill — parecía como si estuviera enfermo
it isn't as if or as though he were poor — no es que sea pobre, que digamos
as if toas if she knew! — ¡como si ella lo supiera!
as in as it isthe little dog nodded his head, as if to agree — el perrito movió la cabeza, como asintiendo
as it is, it doesn't make much difference — en realidad, casi da lo mismo
as it wereas it is we can do nothing — en la práctica or tal y como están las cosas no podemos hacer nada
I'd understood the words, but I hadn't understood the question, as it were — había entendido las palabras, pero no había comprendido la pregunta, por así decirlo
I have become, as it were, two people — me he convertido como en dos personas
as washe was as it were tired and emotional — estaba de alguna forma cansado y con los nervios a flor de piel
that's the headmistress, the deputy as was — esa es la directora, que antes era la subdirectora
2. PREPOSITION1) (=while)2) (=in the capacity of) comoI don't think much of him as an actor — como actor, no me gusta mucho
such 3.Gibson as Hamlet — (Theat) Gibson en el papel de Hamlet
3. ADVERBas... as tan... comoshe hit him as hard as she could — lo golpeó lo más fuerte que pudo, lo golpeó tan fuerte como pudo
she doesn't walk as quickly or as fast as me — no camina tan rápido como yo
walk as quickly or as fast as you can — camina lo más rápido que puedas
is it as far as that? — ¿tan lejos está?
as little as as many... as tantos(-as)... comois it as big as all that? — ¿es de verdad tan grande?
as muchI've got a lot of tapes but I haven't got as many as him or as he has — tengo muchas cintas, pero no tantas como él
as much... as tanto(-a)... comoshe thought he was an idiot, and said as much — pensaba que era un idiota, y así lo expresó
you spend as much as me or as I do — tú gastas tanto como yo
as one half/twice/three times as... without as {or}3} so much asit can cost as much as $2,000 — puede llegar a costar 2.000 dólares
as forshe gave me back the book without as much as an apology — me devolvió el libro sin pedirme siquiera una disculpa
as for the children, they were exhausted — en cuanto a los niños, estaban rendidos, los niños, por su parte, estaban rendidos
as from as ofas for that... — en cuanto a esto...
as toas of yesterday/now — a partir de ayer/ahora
as to that I can't say — en lo que a eso se refiere, no lo sé
as yet hasta ahora, hasta el momento; regard 2., 4)as to her mother... — en cuanto a su madre...
* * *
I [æz], weak form [əz]1)a) (when, while) cuandoas she was eating breakfast... — cuando or mientras tomaba el desayuno...
as you go toward the bank, it's the first house on the left — yendo hacia el banco, es la primera casa a mano izquierda
b) ( indicating progression) a medida queas (and when) we need them — a medida que or según los vamos necesitando
2) (because, since) comoas it was getting late, we decided to leave — como se hacía tarde, decidimos irnos
3) ( though)try as he might, he could not open it — por más que trató, no pudo abrirlo
much as I agree with you... — aun estando de acuerdo contigo como estoy...
4)a) (expressing comparison, contrast) igual que, comoin the 1980s, as in the 30s — en la década de los 80, al igual que en la de los 30
b) ( in generalizations) comoit's quite reasonable, as restaurants go — para como están los restaurantes, es bastante razonable
c) ( in accordance with) comothe situation, as we understand it, is... — la situación, tal como nosotros la entendemos, es...
5)a) ( in the way that) comodo as you wish — haz lo que quieras or lo que te parezca
she arrived the next day, as planned/expected — llegó al día siguiente como se había planeado/como se esperaba
use form A or B as appropriate — use el formulario A o B, según corresponda
b) ( defining)it would be the end of civilization as we know it — significaría el fin de la civilización tal y como la conocemos
I'm only interested in the changes as they affect me — sólo me interesan los cambios en la medida en que me afectan a mí
Sri Lanka, or Ceylon, as it used to be known — Sri Lanka, o Ceilán, como se llamaba antes
c) (in phrases)as it is: we can't publish it as it is no podemos publicarlo tal y como está, no podemos publicarlo así como está; we've got too much work as it is ya tenemos demasiado trabajo; as it were por así decirlo; as was: our new president, our secretary as was — el nuevo presidente, ex secretario de nuestra organización
as... as — tan... como
she ran as fast as she could — corrió tan rápido como pudo or lo más deprisa que pudo
7)as if/as though — como si (+ subj)
he acts as if o as though he didn't care — se comporta como si no le importara
he looks as if o as though he's had enough — tiene cara de estar harto
II
1) ( equally)I have lots of stamps, but he has just as many/twice as many — yo tengo muchos sellos, pero él tiene tantos como yo/el doble (que yo)
2)as... as: these animals grow to as much as 12ft long estos animales llegan a medir 12 pies de largo; as recently as 1976 aún en 1976; as many as 400 people hasta 400 personas; as long ago as 1960 — ya en 1960
III
1)a) (in the condition, role of)as a child she adored dancing — de pequeña or cuando era pequeña le encantaba bailar
as a teacher... — como maestro...
b) ( like) como2) (in phrases)as for — en cuanto a, respecto a
and as for you... — y en cuanto a ti..., y en lo que a ti respecta...
as of o (BrE) as from — desde, a partir de
as to — en cuanto a, respecto a
-
79 HAFA
* * *(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);hafa elda, to keep up a five;2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;5) to have, hold, maintain;hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;hafa heilindi, to have good health;6) to bring, carry;hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;7) to take, carry off;troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;8) to get, gain, win;hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;hafa tafl, to win the game;hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;hafa sigr, to be worsted;hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;hafa sik vel, to behave;hafa vel, to be well off or happy;hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;later with indecl. neut. pp.;hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;14) with preps.:hafa e-t at, to do, act;hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;hafa sik við, to exert oneself;hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;15) refl., hafast.* * *pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.II. to hold:1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.6. with prepp. or infin.,α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.2. with prepp.:α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, thatα. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq. -
80 when
1. adverb1) (at what time) wannthat was when I intervened — das war der Moment, wo ich eingriff
2) (at which)the day when... — der Tag, an dem od. (ugs.) wo/(with past tense) als...
2. conjunctiondo you remember [the time] when we... — erinnerst du dich daran, wie wir...
when [I was] young — als ich jung war; in meiner Jugend
when in doubt — im Zweifelsfall
when cleaning the gun — beim Putzen des Gewehrs
when speaking French — wenn ich/sie usw. Französisch spreche/spricht usw.
2) (whereas)why do you go abroad when it's cheaper here? — warum fährst du ins Ausland, wo es doch hier billiger ist?
I received only £5 when I should have got £10 — ich bekam nur 5 Pfund, hätte aber 10 Pfund bekommen sollen
3) (considering that) wennhow can I finish it when you won't help? — wie soll ich es fertig machen, wenn du nicht hilfst?
4) (and at that moment) als3. pronounby/till when...? — bis wann...?
from/since when...? — ab/seit wann...?
but that was yesterday, since when things have changed — aber das war gestern, und inzwischen hat sich manches geändert
* * *1. [wen] adverb(at what time(?): When did you arrive?; When will you see her again?; I asked him when the incident had occurred; Tell me when to jump.) wann2. [wən, wen] conjunction1) ((at or during) the time at which: It happened when I was abroad; When you see her, give her this message; When I've finished, I'll telephone you.) als; wenn2) (in spite of the fact that; considering that: Why do you walk when you have a car?) wenn•- academic.ru/81941/whence">whence- whenever* * *[(h)wen]\when do you want to go? wann möchtest du gehen?\when's the baby due? wann hat sie Geburtstermin?to tell sb \when to do sth jdm sagen, wann er/sie etw tun sollsince \when...? seit wann...?until \when...? wie lange...?\when is it OK to cross the road? — when the little green man is lit up wann darf man die Straße überqueren? — wenn das kleine grüne Männchen aufleuchtetwhen is it OK to cross the road? — \when the little green man is lit up wann darf man die Straße überqueren? — wenn das kleine grüne Männchen aufleuchtetthe week between Christmas and New Year is \when we carry out an inventory in der Woche zwischen Weihnachten und Neujahr machen wir eine InventurMarch is the month \when the monsoon arrives im März kommt der Monsunthis is one of those occasions \when I could wring his neck dies ist eine der Gelegenheiten, wo ich ihm den Hals umdrehen könnteshe was only twenty \when she had her first baby sie war erst zwanzig, als sie das erste Kind bekamSaturday is the day \when I get my hair done samstags lasse ich mir immer die Haare machenthere are times \when... es gibt Momente [o Augenblicke], wo...II. conj1. (at, during the time) alsI used to love that film \when I was a child als Kind liebte ich diesen FilmI loved maths \when I was at school in der Schule liebte ich Mathe2. (after) wennhe was quite shocked \when I told him er war ziemlich schockiert, als ich es ihm erzähltecall me \when you've finished ruf mich an, wenn du fertig bist3. (whenever) wennI hate it \when there's no one in the office ich hasse es, wenn niemand im Büro ist4. (and just then) alsI was just getting into the bath \when the telephone rang ich stieg gerade in die Badewanne, als das Telefon läutete5. (considering that) wennhow can you say you don't like something \when you've never even tried it? wie kannst du sagen, dass du etwas nicht magst, wenn du es nie probiert hast?6. (although) obwohlI don't understand how he can say that everything's fine \when it's so obvious that it's not ich verstehe nicht, wie er sagen kann, dass alles in Ordnung ist, wenn doch offensichtlich was nicht stimmt* * *[wen]1. adv1) (= at what time) wann... since when he has been here —... und seitdem ist er hier
2)at the time when — zu der Zeit, zu der or als or da (liter) or wo (inf)
he wrote last week, up till when I had heard nothing from him — er schrieb letzte Woche und bis dahin hatte ich nichts von ihm gehört
in 1960, up till when he... —
during the time when he was in Germany — während der Zeit, als or wo or die (inf) er in Deutschland war
2. conj1) wenn; (with past reference) alsyou can go when I have finished — du kannst gehen, sobald or wenn ich fertig bin
he did it when young — er tat es in seiner Jugend
2) (+gerund) beim; (= at or during which time) wobeibe careful when crossing the road — seien Sie beim Überqueren der Straße vorsichtig, seien Sie vorsichtig, wenn Sie über die Straße gehen
the PM is coming here in May, when he will... — der Premier kommt im Mai hierher und wird dann...
3) (= although, whereas) wo... dochwhy do you do it that way when it would be much easier like this? — warum machst du es denn auf die Art, wo es doch so viel einfacher wäre?
* * *when [wen; hwen]A adv1. (fragend) wann:when did it happen?;2. (relativ) als, wo, da:the day when der Tag, an dem oder als;the time when it happened die Zeit, in oder zu der es geschah;the years when we were poor die Jahre, als wir arm waren;there are occasions when es gibt Gelegenheiten, woB konj1. wann:she doesn’t know when to be silent2. (damals, zu der Zeit oder in dem Augenblick,) als:when (he was) young, he lived in M.;we were about to start when it began to rain wir wollten gerade fortgehen, als es zu regnen anfing oder da fing es zu regnen an;he broke a leg when skiing er brach sich beim Skifahren ein Bein;3. (dann,) wenn:when it is very cold, you like to stay at home wenn es sehr kalt ist, bleibt man gern(e) zu Hause;when due bei Fälligkeit4. (immer) wenn, sobald, sooft:5. (ausrufend) wenn:when I think what I have done for her! wenn ich daran denke, was ich für sie getan habe!6. woraufhin, und dann:we explained it to him, when he at once consented7. während, obwohl, wo … (doch), da … doch:why did you tell her, when you knew it would hurt her? warum hast du es ihr gesagt, wo du (doch) wusstest, es würde ihr wehtun?C pron1. wann, welche Zeit:from when does it date? aus welcher Zeit stammt es?2. (relativ) welcher Zeitpunkt, wann:they left us on Wednesday, since when we have heard nothing sie verließen uns am Mittwoch, und seitdem haben wir nichts mehr von ihnen gehört;till when und bis dahinD s meist pl Wann n:the whens and wheres of sth das Wann und Wo einer Sache* * *1. adverb1) (at what time) wannsay when — (coll.): (pouring drink) sag halt
that was when I intervened — das war der Moment, wo ich eingriff
2) (at which)the time when... — die Zeit, zu der od. (ugs.) wo/(with past tense) als...
the day when... — der Tag, an dem od. (ugs.) wo/(with past tense) als...
2. conjunctiondo you remember [the time] when we... — erinnerst du dich daran, wie wir...
1) (at the time that) als; (with present or future tense) wennwhen [I was] young — als ich jung war; in meiner Jugend
when speaking French — wenn ich/sie usw. Französisch spreche/spricht usw.
2) (whereas)why do you go abroad when it's cheaper here? — warum fährst du ins Ausland, wo es doch hier billiger ist?
I received only £5 when I should have got £10 — ich bekam nur 5 Pfund, hätte aber 10 Pfund bekommen sollen
3) (considering that) wennhow can I finish it when you won't help? — wie soll ich es fertig machen, wenn du nicht hilfst?
4) (and at that moment) als3. pronounby/till when...? — bis wann...?
from/since when...? — ab/seit wann...?
but that was yesterday, since when things have changed — aber das war gestern, und inzwischen hat sich manches geändert
* * *adv.als adv.sobald adv.wann adv.wenn adv.während adv.
См. также в других словарях:
Something Nice Back Home — Infobox Television episode Title = Something Nice Back Home Series = Lost Caption = Kate watches Jack read Alice s Adventures in Wonderland by Lewis Carroll to Aaron Season = 4 Episode = 10 Writer = Edward Kitsis Adam Horowitz Director = Stephen… … Wikipedia
Home Soil — ST episode name = Home Soil series = TNG ep num = 18 prod num = 117 date = February 22, 1988 writer = Robert Sabaroff director = Corey Allen guest = Walter Gotell, Elizabeth Lindsey, Gerard Prendergast stardate = 41463.9 year = 2364 prev = When… … Wikipedia
Home Improvement (TV series) — Infobox television show name = Home Improvement caption = The Home Improvement cast format = Sitcom runtime = 30 minutes creators = Matt Williams Carmen Finestra David MacFadzean starring = Final Cast Tim Allen Patricia Richardson Earl Hindman… … Wikipedia
Back Alley John — Infobox Musical artist Name = Back Alley John Img capt = Img size = Landscape = Background = solo singer Birth name = John Carl David Wilson Alias = Born = birth date|1955|2|10 Died = Death date and age|2006|6|22|1955|02|10 Origin = Ottawa,… … Wikipedia
Sometimes They Come Back (film) — Infobox Film name = Sometimes They Come Back caption = director = Tom McLoughlin producer = Dino De Laurentiis, Michael S. Murphey writer = Stephen King (short story), Lawrence Konner, Mark Rosenthal starring = Tim Matheson, Brooke Adams, Robert… … Wikipedia
There's No Place Like Home — For other uses, see No Place Like Home. There s No Place Like Home Lost episode The climax of the season finale, in which Benjamin Linus pushes the large … Wikipedia
List of Home and Away characters (2011) — The following is a list of characters that first appeared or will appear in the Australian soap opera Home and Away in 2011, by order of first appearance. All characters are introduced by the shows series producer Cameron Welsh. The 24th season… … Wikipedia
3 Ninjas Kick Back — Infobox Film name = 3 Ninjas Kick Back caption = US movie poster director = Charles T. Kanganis producer = Martha Chang James Kang Arthur Leeds writer = Sang ok Shin Mark Saltzman starring = Victor Wong Max Elliott Slade Sean Fox J. Evan Bonifant … Wikipedia
Never Knew Lonely — Single by Vince Gill from the album When I Call Your Name Released September 1990 Genre Country … Wikipedia
Drew Curtis (Home and Away) — Drew Curtis Home and Away character Portrayed by Bobby Morley Introduced by Julie McGauran Duration 2006–08 First appearance … Wikipedia
Miles Copeland (Home and Away) — Miles Copeland Home and Away character Portrayed by Josh Quong Tart Jackson Edwards (Flashback) Ryley Mickle (Flashback) Introduced by J … Wikipedia
